BA01222D/06/EN/03.15
71299421

Products

Solutions

Valid as of version
01.01.zz (Device firmware)

Operating Instructions
Proline Prowirl F 200
PROFIBUS PA
Vortex flowmeter

Services

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA• Make sure the document is stored in a safe place such that it is always available whenworking on or with the device.
• To avoid danger to individuals or the facility, read the "Basic safety instructions" section
carefully, as well as all other safety instructions in the document that are specific toworking procedures.
• The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
Endress+Hauser Sales Center will supply you with current information and updates tothese instructions.

2

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Table of contents

Table of contents
1

Document information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

1.1
1.2

1.4

Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.1 Safety symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.2 Electrical symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.3 Tool symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.4 Symbols for certain types of
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2.5 Symbols in graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.3.1 Standard documentation . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3.2 Supplementary device-dependent
documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

2

Basic safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6

Requirements for the personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Workplace safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Product safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
IT security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

3

Product description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

3.1

Product design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

4

Incoming acceptance and productidentification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

4.1
4.2

Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4.2.1 Transmitter nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4.2.2 Sensor nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4.2.3 Symbols on measuring device . . . . . . 16

1.3

5

Storage and transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

5.1
5.2

5.3

Storage conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Transporting the product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5.2.1 Measuring devices without lifting
lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
5.2.2 Measuring devices with lifting lugs . . 18
5.2.3 Transporting with a fork lift . . . . . . . . 18
Packaging disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

6

Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

6.1

Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
6.1.1 Mounting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
6.1.2 Requirements from environment andprocess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
6.1.3 Special mounting instructions . . . . . . 24
Mounting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . 25
6.2.1 Required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

6.2

Endress+Hauser

6.2.2
6.2.3
6.2.4

6.3

Preparing the measuring device . . . . . 25
Mounting the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Mounting the transmitter of theremote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
6.2.5 Turning the transmitter housing . . . . 27
6.2.6 Turning the display module . . . . . . . . 27
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

7

Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

7.1

7.5
7.6

Connection conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
7.1.1 Required tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
7.1.2 Connecting cable requirements . . . . . 29
7.1.3 Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
7.1.4 Pin assignment, device plug . . . . . . . . 33
7.1.5 Shielding and grounding . . . . . . . . . . 33
7.1.6 Requirements for the supply unit . . . . 34
7.1.7 Preparing the measuring device . . . . . 35
Connecting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . 35
7.2.1 Connecting the remote version . . . . . 35
7.2.2 Connecting the transmitter . . . . . . . . 39
7.2.3 Ensuring potential equalization . . . . . 41
Special connection instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
7.3.1 Connection examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Hardware settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
7.4.1 Setting the device address . . . . . . . . . 42
Ensuring the degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . 43
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

8Operation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

8.1
8.2

Overview of operating options . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Structure and function of the operating
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
8.2.1 Structure of the operating menu . . . . 46
8.2.2 Operating philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Access to the operating menu via the local
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
8.3.1 Operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
8.3.2 Navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
8.3.3 Editing view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
8.3.4 Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
8.3.5 Opening the context menu . . . . . . . . . 53
8.3.6 Navigating and selecting from list . . . 55
8.3.7 Calling the parameter directly . . . . . . 55
8.3.8 Calling up help text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
8.3.9 Changing the parameters . . . . . . . . . 57
8.3.10 User roles and related accessauthorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
8.3.11 Disabling write protection via accesscode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
8.3.12 Enabling and disabling the keypadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Access to the operating menu via theoperating tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
8.4.1 Connecting the operating tool . . . . . . 59

7.2

7.3
7.4

8.3

8.4

3

Table of contents

8.4.2
8.4.3

FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
SIMATIC PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

9System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

9.1

Overview of device description files . . . . . . . . . 63
9.1.1 Current version data for the device . . . 63
9.1.2 Operating tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Device master file (GSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
9.2.1 Manufacturer-specific GSD . . . . . . . . 64
9.2.2 Profile GSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
9.2.3 Compatibility with other Endress+Hauser measuring devices . . . . . . . . 64
Cyclic data transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
9.3.1 Block model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
9.3.2 Description of the modules . . . . . . . . 66

9.2

9.3

10

Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

10.1 Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
10.2 Switching on the measuring device . . . . . . . . . 72
10.3 Configuring the device address via software . . 72
10.3.1 PROFIBUS network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
10.4 Setting the operating language . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
10.5 Configuring the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . 74
10.5.1 Defining the tag name . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
10.5.2 Selecting and setting the medium . . . 76
10.5.3 Setting the system units . . . . . . . . . . 78
10.5.4 Configuring the analog inputs . . . . . . 81
10.5.5 Configuring the local display . . . . . . . 82
10.5.6 Configuring communicationinterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
10.5.7 Configuring the low flow cut off . . . . . 84
10.6 Advanced settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
10.6.1 Setting the medium properties . . . . . . 87
10.6.2 Performing external compensation . 101
10.6.3 Carrying out a sensor adjustment . . . 103
10.6.4 Configuring the pulse/frequency/
switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
10.6.5 Configuring the totalizer . . . . . . . . . 116
10.6.6 Carrying out additional display
configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
10.7 Configuration management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
10.7.1 Function scope of the "Configuration
management" parameter . . . . . . . . . 121
10.8 Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
10.9 Protecting settings from unauthorizedaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
10.9.1 Write protection via access code . . . 124
10.9.2 Write protection via write protection
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

11

11.6
11.7

11.4.3 Output values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Adapting the measuring device to the process
conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Performing a totalizer reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Showing data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

12

Diagnostics and troubleshooting . . 135

11.5

12.1 General troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
12.2 Diagnostic information on local display . . . . . 137
12.2.1 Diagnostic message . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
12.2.2 Calling up remedial measures . . . . . 139
12.3 Diagnostic information in FieldCare . . . . . . . 139
12.3.1 Diagnostic options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
12.3.2 Calling up remedy information . . . . 140
12.4 Adapting the diagnostic information . . . . . . 141
12.4.1 Adapting the measured value anddevice status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
12.4.2 Adapting the diagnostic behavior . . . 142
12.5 Overview of diagnostic information . . . . . . . 145
12.5.1 Diagnostic of sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
12.5.2 Diagnostic of electronic . . . . . . . . . . 148
12.5.3 Diagnostic of configuration . . . . . . . 155
12.5.4 Diagnostic of process . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
12.6 Pending diagnostic events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
12.7 Diagnostic list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
12.8 Event logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
12.8.1 Event history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
12.8.2 Filtering the event logbook . . . . . . . 171
12.8.3 Overview of information events . . . . 172
12.9 Resetting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . 173
12.9.1 Function scope of the "Device reset"
parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
12.10 Device information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
12.11 Firmware history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

13

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

13.1

13.2
13.3

Maintenance tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
13.1.1 Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
13.1.2 Interior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
13.1.3 Replacing seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Measuring and test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Endress+Hauser services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

14

Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

14.1
14.2
14.3
14.4
14.5

General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Endress+Hauser services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
14.5.1 Removing the measuring device . . . . 179
14.5.2 Disposing of the measuring device . . 180

15

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

15.1

Device-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
15.1.1 For the transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
15.1.2 For the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

11.1 Reading the device locking status . . . . . . . . . 127
11.2 Adjusting the operating language . . . . . . . . . 127
11.3 Configuring the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
11.4 Reading measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
11.4.1 Process variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
11.4.2 Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Table of contents

15.2 Service-specific accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
15.3 System components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

16Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

16.1 Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
16.2 Function and system design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
16.3 Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
16.4 Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
16.5 Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
16.6 Performance characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
16.7 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
16.8 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
16.9 Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
16.10 Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
16.11 Operability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
16.12 Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
16.13 Application packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
16.14 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
16.15 Supplementary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Endress+Hauser

5Document information

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

1Document information

1.1

Document function

These Operating Instructions contain all the information that is required in various phasesof the life cycle of the device: from product identification, incoming acceptance andstorage, to mounting, connection, operation and commissioning through totroubleshooting, maintenance and disposal.

1.2

Symbols used

1.2.1

Safety symbols

SymbolMeaning

DANGERDANGER!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result inserious or fatal injury.
WARNING!

WARNING This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result inserious or fatal injury.

CAUTIONCAUTION!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result inminor or medium injury.

NOTICENOTE!
This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result inpersonal injury.

1.2.2

Electrical symbols

Symbol1.2.3

Meaning

SymbolMeaning

Direct current

Alternating current

Direct current and alternating current

Ground connection
A grounded terminal which, as far as
the operator is concerned, isgrounded via a grounding system.

Protective ground connection
A terminal which must be connected
to ground prior to establishing anyother connections.

Equipotential connection
A connection that has to be connectedto the plant grounding system: Thismay be a potential equalization line
or a star grounding system dependingon national or company codes ofpractice.

Tool symbols

SymbolMeaning
Flat blade screwdriver
Allen key
Open-ended wrench

6

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Document information

1.2.4

Symbols for certain types of information

SymbolMeaning
Permitted
Procedures, processes or actions that are permitted.
Preferred
Procedures, processes or actions that are preferred.
Forbidden
Procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden.
Tip
Indicates additional information.
Reference to documentation
Reference to page
Reference to graphic

,

,

…

Series of steps
Result of a step
Help in the event of a problem
Visual inspection

1.2.5

Symbols in graphics

SymbolMeaning

1, 2, 3,...

Item numbers

A, B, C, ...

Views

-

Hazardous area

Symbol,,…

A-A, B-B, C-C, ...

.

Meaning
Series of steps
Sections
Safe area (non-hazardous area)

Flow direction

1.3

Documentation
For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to thefollowing:• The W@M Device Viewer : Enter the serial number from the nameplate(www.endress.com/deviceviewer)• The Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplateor scan the 2-D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate.
For a detailed list of the individual documents along with the documentation code

Endress+Hauser

7Document information

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

1.3.1

Standard documentation

Document type

Purpose and content of the document

Technical Information

Planning aid for your device
The document contains all the technical data on the device and provides
an overview of the accessories and other products that can be ordered forthe device.

Brief Operating Instructions

Guide that takes you quickly to the 1st measured value
The Brief Operating Instructions contain all the essential informationfrom incoming acceptance to initial commissioning.

1.3.2

Supplementary device-dependent documentation

Additional documents are supplied depending on the device version ordered: Always
comply strictly with the instructions in the supplementary documentation. The
supplementary documentation is an integral part of the device documentation.

1.4

Registered trademarks

PROFIBUS®
Registered trademark of the PROFIBUS User Organization, Karlsruhe, Germany
KALREZ ®, VITON ®
Registered trademarks of DuPont Performance Elastomers L.L.C., Wilmington, DE USA
GYLON®
Registered trademark of Garlock Sealing Technologies, Palmyar, NY, USA
Applicator®, FieldCare®, DeviceCare ®, Field XpertTM, HistoROM®, Heartbeat
TechnologyTM
Registered or registration-pending trademarks of the Endress+Hauser Group

8

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Basic safety instructions

2

Basic safety instructions

2.1

Requirements for the personnel

The personnel for installation, commissioning, diagnostics and maintenance must fulfill
the following requirements:‣ Trained, qualified specialists must have a relevant qualification for this specific function
and task‣ Are authorized by the plant owner/operator‣ Are familiar with federal/national regulations‣ Before beginning work, the specialist staff must have read and understood the
instructions in the Operating Instructions and supplementary documentation as well as
in the certificates (depending on the application)‣ Following instructions and basic conditions
The operating personnel must fulfill the following requirements:‣ Being instructed and authorized according to the requirements of the task by thefacility's owner-operator‣ Following the instructions in these Operating Instructions

2.2

Designated use

Application and media
Depending on the version ordered, the measuring device can also measure potentiallyexplosive, flammable, poisonous and oxidizing media.
Measuring devices for use in hazardous areas, in hygienic applications or in applications
where there is an increased risk due to process pressure, are labeled accordingly on the
nameplate.
To ensure that the measuring device remains in proper condition for the operation time:‣ Only use the measuring device in full compliance with the data on the nameplate andthe general conditions listed in the Operating Instructions and supplementary
documentation.
‣ Check the nameplate to verify if the device ordered can be put to its intended use in theapproval-related area (e.g. explosion protection, pressure vessel safety).
‣ Use the measuring device only for media against which the process-wetted materials
are adequately resistant.
‣ If the measuring device is not operated at atmospheric temperature, compliance withthe relevant basic conditions specified in the associated device documentation isabsolutely essential: "Documentation" section →  7.
‣ Protect the measuring device permanently against corrosion from environmental
influences.
Incorrect use
Non-designated use can compromise safety. The manufacturer is not liable for damage
caused by improper or non-designated use.

LWARNING
Danger of breakage of the sensor due to corrosive or abrasive fluids or fromenvironmental conditions!
‣ Verify the compatibility of the process fluid with the sensor material.
‣ Ensure the resistance of all fluid-wetted materials in the process.
‣ Keep within the specified pressure and temperature range.
Verification for borderline cases:‣ For special fluids and fluids for cleaning, Endress+Hauser is glad to provide assistancein verifying the corrosion resistance of fluid-wetted materials, but does not accept any

Endress+Hauser

9Basic safety instructions

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

warranty or liability as minute changes in the temperature, concentration or level ofcontamination in the process can alter the corrosion resistance properties.
Residual risks
Possible burn hazard due to fluid temperatures!
‣ For elevated fluid temperature, ensure protection against contact to prevent burns.

2.3

Workplace safety

For work on and with the device:‣ Wear the required personal protective equipment according to federal/national
regulations.

For welding work on the piping:‣ Do not ground the welding unit via the measuring device.
If working on and with the device with wet hands:‣ It is recommended to wear gloves on account of the higher risk of electric shock.

2.4

Operational safety

Risk of injury.

‣ Operate the device in proper technical condition and fail-safe condition only.
‣ The operator is responsible for interference-free operation of the device.
Conversions to the device
Unauthorized modifications to the device are not permitted and can lead to unforeseeable
dangers.
‣ If, despite this, modifications are required, consult with Endress+Hauser.
RepairTo ensure continued operational safety and reliability,‣ Carry out repairs on the device only if they are expressly permitted.
‣ Observe federal/national regulations pertaining to repair of an electrical device.
‣ Use original spare parts and accessories from Endress+Hauser only.

2.5

Product safety

This measuring device is designed in accordance with good engineering practice to meetstate-of-the-art safety requirements, has been tested, and left the factory in a condition inwhich it is safe to operate.
It meets general safety standards and legal requirements. It also complies with the EC
directives listed in the device-specific EC Declaration of Conformity. Endress+Hauser
confirms this by affixing the CE mark to the device.

2.6

IT security

We only provide a warranty if the device is installed and used as described in the
Operating Instructions. The device is equipped with security mechanisms to protect itagainst any inadvertent changes to the device settings.
IT security measures in line with operators' security standards and designed to provide
additional protection for the device and device data transfer must be implemented by theoperators themselves.

10

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

3

Product description

Product description

The device consists of a transmitter and a sensor.
Two device versions are available:• Compact version – transmitter and sensor form a mechanical unit.
• Remote version - transmitter and sensor are mounted in separate locations.

3.1

Product design
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

–
+
E

9
A0020649

1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Endress+Hauser

Important components of a measuring device
Electronics compartment cover
Display module
Main electronics module
Cable glands
Transmitter housing (incl. HistoROM)
I/O electronics module
Terminals (pluggable spring terminals)
Connection compartment coverSensor11

Incoming acceptance and product identification

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

4

Incoming acceptance and productidentification

4.1

Incoming acceptance

1
+
2

1
+
2

Are the order codes on thedelivery note (1) and the
product sticker (2)identical?

Are the goods undamaged?

Do the nameplate data
match the ordering
information on the deliverynote?

Is the CD-ROM with theTechnical Documentation(depends on device
version) and documents
present?

• If one of the conditions is not satisfied, contact your Endress+Hauser Sales Center.
• Depending on the device version, the CD-ROM might not be part of the delivery!
The Technical Documentation is available via the Internet or via the Endress+Hauser
Operations App, see the "Product identification" section →  13.

4.2

Product identification

The following options are available for identification of the measuring device:• Nameplate specifications• Order code with breakdown of the device features on the delivery note
• Enter serial numbers from nameplates in W@M Device Viewer(www.endress.com/deviceviewer): All information about the measuring device isdisplayed.
• Enter the serial number from the nameplates into the Endress+Hauser Operations App
or scan the 2-D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate with the Endress+Hauser
Operations App: all the information for the measuring device is displayed.

12

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Incoming acceptance and product identification

For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to thefollowing:• The chapters "Additional standard documentation on the device" →  8 and"Supplementary device-dependent documentation" →  8• The W@M Device Viewer: Enter the serial number from the nameplate(www.endress.com/deviceviewer)• The Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplate orscan the 2-D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate.

4.2.1

Transmitter nameplate
345
1
2
6

14

Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. ord. cd.:

15
7
8
9

16

i

Patents

Date:

10

11

12

i

17

322540-0001

13
A0013906

2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Endress+Hauser

Example of a transmitter nameplate
Manufacturing location
Name of the transmitter
Order code
Serial number (Ser. no.)Extended order code (Ext. ord. cd.)
Electrical connection data, e.g. available inputs and outputs, supply voltage
Type of cable glands
Permitted ambient temperature (Ta)Firmware version (FW) from the factory
CE mark, C-Tick
Additional information on version: certificates, approvals
Permitted temperature range for cable
Manufacturing date: year-month
Degree of protection
Approval information for explosion protection
Document number of safety-related supplementary documentation
2-D matrix code13

Incoming acceptance and product identification

4.2.2

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Sensor nameplate

Order code for "Housing" option B "GT18 two-chamber, 316L" and option K "GT18
two-chamber, remote, 316L"
2

3 4 5 6

1Ser. no.:Size:

Qmax(G):
Ptest:

7
8

Gasket:9Materials:
Tm:

Ta:
10

14

13

12

11
A0020760

3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

14

Example of a sensor nameplate
Name of the sensor
Nominal diameter of the sensor
Flange nominal diameter/nominal pressure
Serial number (Ser. no.)Measuring tube material
Measuring tube material
Maximal permitted volume flow (gas/steam)
Test pressure of the sensor
Seal material
Document number of safety-related supplementary documentation →  211
Ambient temperature range
CE markMedium temperature range
Degree of protection

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Incoming acceptance and product identification

Order code for "Housing" option C "GT20 two-chamber, aluminum coated"
1 2 3 4 56

7

8Ser. no.:Size:

Qmax(G):

9

Ptest:
Materials:
Tm:
Ta:

10

Gasket:13

12

11A0020758

4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Endress+Hauser

Example of a sensor nameplate
Nominal diameter of the sensor
Flange nominal diameter/nominal pressure
Measuring tube material
Measuring tube material
Serial number (Ser. no.)Maximal permitted volume flow (gas/steam)
Test pressure of the sensor
Degree of protection
Approval information for explosion protection and Pressure Equipment Directive
CE mark
Seal material
Medium temperature range
Ambient temperature range

15

Incoming acceptance and product identification

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Order code for "Housing" option J "GT20 two-chamber, remote, aluminum coated"
2

3

4

5

6

7
8

1
Order code:
Ser. no.:Ext. ord. cd.:
Size:

9
10
11

Ta:

Qmax(G):
Ptest:

Materials:
Gasket:Tm:

16 15 14 13

12A0020759

5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Example of a sensor nameplate
Name of the sensor
Nominal diameter of the sensor
Flange nominal diameter/nominal pressure
Order code
Serial number (Ser. no.)Extended order code (Ext. ord. cd.)
Maximal permitted volume flow (gas/steam)
Degree of protection
Approval information for explosion protection and Pressure Equipment Directive
Ambient temperature range
Document number of safety-related supplementary documentation →  211
Test pressure of the sensor
Measuring tube material
Measuring tube material
Seal material
Medium temperature range

Order code
The measuring device is reordered using the order code.
Extended order code
• The device type (product root) and basic specifications (mandatory features) arealways listed.
• Of the optional specifications (optional features), only the safety and approvalrelated specifications are listed (e.g. LA). If other optional specifications are alsoordered, these are indicated collectively using the # placeholder symbol (e.g. #LA#).
• If the ordered optional specifications do not include any safety and approval-related
specifications, they are indicated by the + placeholder symbol (e.g. XXXXXX-ABCDE
+).

4.2.3
SymbolSymbols on measuring device
MeaningWARNING!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in serious
or fatal injury.
Reference to documentation
Refers to the corresponding device documentation.
Protective ground connection
A terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any other connections.

16

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Storage and transport

5

Storage and transport

5.1

Storage conditions

Observe the following notes for storage:• Store in the original packaging to ensure protection from shock.
• Do not remove protective covers or protective caps installed on process connections.
They prevent mechanical damage to the sealing surfaces and contamination in themeasuring tube.
• Protect from direct sunlight to avoid unacceptably high surface temperatures.
• Store in a dry and dust-free place.
• Do not store outdoors.
Storage temperature:– All components apart from the display modules: –50 to +80 °C (–58 to +176 °F)– Display modules: –40 to +80 °C (–40 to +176 °F)

5.2

Transporting the productTransport the measuring device to the measuring point in the original packaging.

A0015604

Do not remove protective covers or caps installed on process connections. They
prevent mechanical damage to the sealing surfaces and contamination in themeasuring tube.

5.2.1

Measuring devices without lifting lugs

LWARNING
Center of gravity of the measuring device is higher than the suspension points of the
webbing slings.
Risk of injury if the measuring device slips.
‣ Secure the measuring device against slipping or turning.
‣ Observe the weight specified on the packaging (stick-on label).

A0015606

Endress+Hauser

17

Storage and transport

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

5.2.2

Measuring devices with lifting lugs

LCAUTION
Special transportation instructions for devices with lifting lugs
‣ Only use the lifting lugs fitted on the device or flanges to transport the device.
‣ The device must always be secured at two lifting lugs at least.

5.2.3

Transporting with a fork lift

If transporting in wood crates, the floor structure enables the crates to be lifted lengthwise
or at both sides using a forklift.

5.3

Packaging disposal

All packaging materials are environmentally friendly and 100% recyclable:• Measuring device secondary packaging: polymer stretch film that conforms to EC
Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS).
• Packaging:– Wood crate, treated in accordance with ISPM 15 standard, which is confirmed by theaffixed IPPC logo.
or– Carton in accordance with European Packaging Directive 94/62EC; recyclability is
confirmed by the affixed RESY symbol.
• Seaworthy packaging (optional): Wood crate, treated in accordance with ISPM 15
standard, which is confirmed by the affixed IPPC logo.
• Carrying and mounting hardware:– Disposable plastic pallet– Plastic straps– Plastic adhesive strips• Dunnage: Paper cushion

18

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Installation

6

Installation

6.1

Installation conditions

6.1.1

Mounting position

Mounting location

A0015543

Orientation
The direction of the arrow on the sensor nameplate helps you to install the sensor
according to the flow direction (direction of medium flow through the piping).
Vortex meters require a fully developed flow profile as a prerequisite for correct volume
flow measurement. Therefore, please note the following:
Orientation
A Vertical orientation

Compact version

Remote version

 1)



 2) 3) 4) 5)



 4)



A0015545

B Horizontal orientation, transmitter head up

A0015589

C Horizontal orientation, transmitter head down

A0015590

D Horizontal orientation, transmitter head at side
A0015592

1)

2)
3)
4)
5)

Endress+Hauser

In the case of liquids, there should be upward flow in vertical pipes to avoid partial pipe filling (Fig. A).
Disruption in flow measurement! In the case of vertical orientation and downward flowing liquid, the pipe
always needs to be completely filled to ensure correct liquid flow measurement.
Danger of electronics overheating! If the fluid temperature is ≥ 200 °C (392 °F) orientation B is not
permitted for the wafer version (Prowirl D) with nominal diameters DN 100 (4") and DN 150 (6").
In the case of hot media (e.g. steam or fluid temperature (TM) ≥ 200 °C (392 °F): orientation C or D
In the case of very cold media (e.g. liquid nitrogen): orientation B or D
For "wet steam detection/measurement" option: orientation C

19

Installation

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Minimum spacing and cable length

L

A

A0019211

A
L

Minimum spacing in all directions
Required cable length

The following dimensions must be observed to guarantee problem-free access to the device
for service purposes:• A =100 mm (3.94 in)• L = L + 150 mm (5.91 in)
Rotating the electronics housing and the display
The electronics housing can be rotated continuously by 360 °° on the housing support. The
display unit can be rotated in 45 ° stages. This means you can read the display comfortably
from all directions.
Inlet and outlet runs
To attain the specified level of accuracy of the measuring device, the inlet and outlet runs
mentioned below must be maintained at the very minimum.

20

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Installation

1

2
15 × DN

5 × DN

25 × DN

5 × DN

20 × DN

5 × DN

20 × DN

5 × DN4

3

5

5 × DN

40 × DNh68

750 × DN

17 × DN + 8 × h 5 × DN

DN ≤ 25 (1"):

5 × DN

5 × DN

9 DN ≥ 40 (1½"):
40 × DN

5 × DN

A0019189

6
h
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Minimum inlet and outlet runs with various flow obstructions
Difference in expansion
Reduction by one nominal diameter size
Single elbow (90° elbow)
Double elbow (2 × 90° elbows, opposite)
Double elbow 3D (2 × 90° elbows, opposite, not on one plane)
T-pieceExpansion
Control valve
Two measuring devices in a row where DN ≤ 25 (1"): directly flange on flange
Two measuring devices in a row where DN ≥ 40 (1½"): for spacing, see graphic• If there are several flow disturbances present, the longest specified inlet run must
be maintained.
• If the required inlet runs cannot be observed, it is possible to install a speciallydesigned flow conditioner →  24.
The inlet run correction function:• Makes it possible to shorten the inlet run to a minimum length of 10 × DN in theevent of flow obstructions 1 to 4. An additional measuring uncertainty of ±0.5% o.r.
occurs here.
• Cannot be combined with the wet steam detection/measurement application
package. If wet steam detection/measurement is used, the corresponding inlet runs
must be taken into consideration. It is not possible to use a flow conditioner for wet
steam.
Flow conditioner
If the required inlet runs cannot be observed, it is possible to install a specially designed
flow conditioner which can be ordered from Endress+Hauser. The flow conditioner is fitted

Endress+Hauser

21

Installation

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

between two pipe flanges and centered by the mounting bolts. Generally this reduces theinlet run needed to 10 × DN with full accuracy.
5 x DN

8 x DN2 x DN

1
A0019208

1

Flow conditioner

The pressure loss for flow conditioners is calculated as follows: ∆ p [mbar] = 0.0085 ⋅ ρ[kg/m3] ⋅ v2 [m/s]
Example for steam

Example for H2O condensate (80 °C)

p = 10 bar abs.

ρ = 965 kg/m3

t = 240 °C → ρ = 4.39 kg/m3

v = 2.5 m/s

v = 40 m/s∆ p = 0.0085 ⋅ 965 ⋅ 2.5 2 = 51.3 mbar

∆ p = 0.0085 ⋅ 4.394.39 ⋅ 40 2 = 59.7 mbar

ρ : density of the process medium
v: average flow velocity
abs. = absolute
For the dimensions of the flow conditioner, see the "Technical Information" document,"Mechanical construction" section
Outlet runs when installing external devices
If installing an external device, observe the specified distance.

PTTT

3...5 x DN
4...8 x DN
A0019205

PT
TT

Pressure transmitter
Temperature transmitter

Installation dimensions
For the dimensions and installation lengths of the device, see the "Technical
Information" document, "Mechanical construction" section

22

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Installation

6.1.2

Requirements from environment and process

Ambient temperature range
Compact version
Measuring device

Non-Ex:–40 to +80 °C (–40 to +176 °F) 1)

Ex i:–40 to +70 °C (–40 to +158 °F) 1)

EEx d/XP version:–40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F) 1)

ATEX II1/2G Ex d, Ex ia:–40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F) 1)–20 to +70 °C (–4 to +158 °F) 1)

Local display
1)

Additionally available as order code for "Test, certificate", option JN "Transmitter ambient temperature –50°C (–58 °F)".

Remote version
Transmitter

Sensor

Non-Ex:–40 to +80 °C (–40 to +176 °F) 1)

Ex i:–40 to +80 °C (–40 to +176 °F) 1)

Ex d:–40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F) 1)

ATEX II1/2G Ex d, Ex ia:–40 to +60 °C (–40 to +140 °F) 1)

Non-Ex:–40 to +85 °C (–40 to +185 °F) 1)

Ex i:–40 to +85 °C (–40 to +185 °F) 1)

Ex d:–40 to +85 °C (–40 to +185 °F) 1)

ATEX II1/2G Ex d, Ex ia:–40 to +85 °C (–40 to +185 °F) 1)–20 to +70 °C (–4 to +158 °F) 1)

Local display
1)

Additionally available as order code for "Test, certificate", option JN "Transmitter ambient temperature –50°C (–58 °F)".

‣ If operating outdoors:
Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions.
Thermal insulation
For optimum temperature measurement and mass calculation, heat transfer at the sensor
must be avoided for some fluids. This can be ensured by installing thermal insulation. A
wide range of materials can be used for the required insulation.
This applies for:• Compact version• Remote sensor version
The maximum insulation height permitted is illustrated in the diagram:

1

A00192121

Endress+Hauser

Maximum insulation height23Installation

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA‣ When insulating, ensure that a sufficiently large area of the housing support remains
exposed.

The uncovered part serves as a radiator and protects the electronics from overheating andexcessive cooling.
NOTICE
Electronics overheating on account of thermal insulation!
‣ Observe the maximum permitted insulation height of the transmitter neck so that thetransmitter head and/or the connection housing of the remote version is completely
free.
‣ Observe information on the permissible temperature ranges .
‣ Note that a certain orientation might be required, depending on the fluid temperature→  19.
Vibrations
The correct operation of the measuring system is not affected by plant vibrations up to 1 g,
10 to 500 Hz. Therefore no special measures are needed to secure the sensors.

6.1.3

Special mounting instructions

Installation for delta heat measurements
Order code for "Sensor version", option 3 "Mass flow (integrated temperature measurement)"
The second temperature measurement is taken using a separate temperature sensor. The
measuring device reads in this value via a communication interface.
• In the case of saturated steam delta heat measurements, the Prowirl 200 must be
installed on the steam side.
• In the case of water delta heat measurements, the Prowirl 200 can be installed on thecold or warm side.
In the case of saturated steam delta heat measurements, the value 0 bar abs. must be
set in the Fixed process pressure parameter (→  77) in order for the measuring
device to calculate on the saturated steam curve.
2

3
Q

1

A0019209

7
1
2
3
Q

24

Layout for delta heat measurement of saturated steam and water
Prowirl
Temperature sensor
Heat exchanger
Heat flow

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Installation

Weather protection coverObserve the following minimum head clearance: 222 mm (8.74 in)
For information on the weather protection cover, see →  181

6.2

Mounting the measuring device

6.2.1

Required tools

For transmitter• For turning the transmitter housing: Open-ended wrench8 mm• For opening the securing clamps: Allen key3 mm
For sensor
For flanges and other process connections: Corresponding mounting tools

6.2.2

Preparing the measuring device

1.

Remove all remaining transport packaging.

2.

Remove any protective covers or protective caps present from the sensor.

3.

Remove stick-on label on the electronics compartment cover.

6.2.3

Mounting the sensor

LWARNING
Danger due to improper process sealing!
‣ Ensure that the inside diameters of the gaskets are greater than or equal to that of theprocess connections and piping.
‣ Ensure that the gaskets are clean and undamaged.
‣ Install the gaskets correctly.
1.

Ensure that the direction of the arrow on the sensor matches the flow direction of
the medium.

2.

To ensure compliance with device specifications, install the measuring device
between the pipe flanges in a way that it is centered in the measurement section.

3.

Install the measuring device or turn the transmitter housing so that the cable entries
do not point upwards.


A0013964

Endress+Hauser

25

Installation

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

6.2.4

Mounting the transmitter of the remote version

LCAUTION
Ambient temperature too high!
Danger of electronics overheating and housing deformation.
‣ Do not exceed the permitted maximum ambient temperature .
‣ If operating outdoors: Avoid direct sunlight and exposure to weathering, particularly inwarm climatic regions.
LCAUTION
Excessive force can damage the housing!
‣ Avoid excessive mechanical stress.
The transmitter of the remote version can be mounted in the following ways:• Wall mounting• Pipe mounting

M8
19 (0.6)

80 (3.15)! 8.6 (0.39)

Wall mounting

80 (3.15)
A0019864

826

Engineering unit mm (in)1.

Drill the holes.

2.

Insert wall plugs into the drilled holes.

3.

Screw in the securing screws slightly at first.

4.

Fit the transmitter housing over the securing screws and mount in place.

5.

Tighten the securing screws.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Installation

Post mounting! 20…70(! 0.79 to 2.75)

1

4x

SW 13

A0019862

9

Engineering unit mm (in)1

Post retainer kit for post mounting

6.2.5

Turning the transmitter housing

To provide easier access to the connection compartment or display module, the transmitter
housing can be turned.

max. 350°

8 mm

8 mm
A0013713

1.

Release the fixing screw.

2.

Turn the housing to the desired position.

3.

Firmly tighten the securing screw.

6.2.6

Turning the display module

The display module can be turned to optimize display readability and operability.

Endress+Hauser

27

Installation

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

1

–
+
E

3 mm

A0013905

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the electronics compartment cover using an Allen key.

2.

Unscrew cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.

3.

Optional: pull out the display module with a gentle rotational movement.

4.

Rotate the display module into the desired position: Max. 8 × 45° in each direction.

5.

Without display module pulled out:
Allow display module to engage at desired position.

6.

With display module pulled out:
Feed the cable into the gap between the housing and main electronics module andplug the display module into the electronics compartment until it engages.

7.

Reverse the removal procedure to reassemble the transmitter.

6.3

Post-installation check

Is the device undamaged (visual inspection)?



Does the measuring device conform to the measuring point specifications?
For example:• Process temperature• Process pressure (refer to the section on "Pressure-temperature ratings" in the "Technical
Information" document )• Ambient temperature• Measuring range →  188



Has the correct orientation for the sensor been selected →  19?
• According to sensor type
• According to medium temperature• According to medium properties (outgassing, with entrained solids)

28



Does the arrow on the sensor nameplate match the direction of flow of the fluid through thepiping →  19?

Are the measuring point identification and labeling correct (visual inspection)?

Is the device adequately protected from precipitation and direct sunlight?



Are the securing screw and securing clamp tightened securely?

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

7

Electrical connection

Electrical connection
The measuring device does not have an internal circuit breaker. For this reason,
assign the measuring device a switch or power-circuit breaker so that the power
supply line can be easily disconnected from the mains.

7.1

Connection conditions

7.1.1

Required tools• For cable entries: Use corresponding tools• For securing clamp: Allen key 3 mm
• Wire stripper• When using stranded cables: crimping tool for ferrule• For removing cables from terminal: flat blade screwdriver ≤3 mm (0.12 in)

7.1.2

Connecting cable requirements

The connecting cables provided by the customer must fulfill the following requirements.
Electrical safety
In accordance with applicable federal/national regulations.
Permitted temperature range• –40 °C (–40 °F) to +80 °C (+176 °F)• Minimum requirement: cable temperature range ≥ ambient temperature +20 K
Signal cable
PROFIBUS PA
Twisted, shielded two-wire cable. Cable type A is recommended →  30.
For further information on planning and installing PROFIBUS PA networks see:
• Operating Instructions "PROFIBUS DP/PA: Guidelines for planning andcommissioning" (BA00034S)• PNO Directive 2.092 "PROFIBUS PA User and Installation Guideline"• IEC 61158-2 (MBP)
Pulse/frequency/switch output
Standard installation cable is sufficient.
Connecting cable for remote version
Connecting cable (standard)

Endress+HauserStandard cable2 × 2 × 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) PVC cable with common shield (2 pairs, pairstranded)

Flame resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60332-1-2

Oil-resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60811-2-1

Shielding

Galvanized copper-braid, opt. density approx. 85%

Cable length

5 m (16 ft), 10 m (32 ft), 20 m (65 ft), 30 m (98 ft)

Operating temperature

When mounted in a fixed position: –50 to +105 °C (–58 to +221 °F); when cable
can move freely: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)

29

Electrical connection

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Connecting cable (reinforced)
Cable, reinforced

2 × 2 × 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) PVC cable with common shield (2 pairs, pairstranded) and additional steel-wire braided sheath

Flame resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60332-1-2

Oil-resistanceAccording to DIN EN 60811-2-1

Shielding

Galvanized copper-braid, opt. density approx. 85%

Strain relief andreinforcement

Steel-wire braid, galvanized

Cable length

5 m (16 ft), 10 m (32 ft), 20 m (65 ft), 30 m (98 ft)

Operating temperature

When mounted in a fixed position: –50 to +105 °C (–58 to +221 °F); when cable
can move freely: –25 to +105 °C (–13 to +221 °F)

Cable diameter• Cable glands supplied:
M20 × 1.5 with cable  6 to 12 mm (0.24 to 0.47 in)• Plug-in spring terminals for device version without integrated overvoltage protection:
wire cross-sections 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG)
• Screw terminals for device version with integrated overvoltage protection: wire crosssections 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG)
Fieldbus cable specification
PROFIBUS PA
Cable type
In accordance with IEC 61158-2 (MBP), cable type A is recommended. Cable type A has acable shielding that guarantees adequate protection from electromagnetic interference
and thus the most reliable data transfer.
The electrical data of the fieldbus cable have not been specified but determine importantcharacteristics of the design of the fieldbus, such as distances bridged, number of users,
electromagnetic compatibility, etc.
Cable typeA

Cable structure

Twisted, shielded twin-core cable

Wire cross-section

0.8 mm2 (AWG 18)

Loop resistance (direct
current)

44 Ω/km

Characteristic impedance
at 31.25 kHz

100 Ω ±20%

Attenuation constant at
39.0 kHz

3 dB/km

Capacitive asymmetry

2 nF/km

Envelope delay distortion(7.9 to 39 kHz)

1.7 ms/km

Shield coverage

90 %The following are examples of suitable cable types:
Non-hazardous area:• Siemens 6XV1 830-5BH10• Belden 3076F• Kerpen CEL-PE/OSCR/PVC/FRLA FB-02YS(ST)YFL
30

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Electrical connection

Maximum overall cable length
The maximum network expansion depends on the type of protection and the cablespecifications. The overall cable length combines the length of the main cable and thelength of all spurs >1 m (3.28 ft).
The maximum overall cable length for cable type A: 1 900 m (6 200 ft)
If repeaters are used, the maximum permissible cable length is doubled. A maximum of
three repeaters are permitted between the user and master.
Maximum spur length
The line between the distribution box and field device is described as a spur. In the case of
non-Ex applications, the max. length of a spur depends on the number of spurs >1 m
(3.28 ft):
Number of spurs

Max. length per spur

1…12

120 m (400 ft)

13…14

90 m (300 ft)

15…18

60 m (200 ft)

19…24

30 m (100 ft)

25…32

1 m (3 ft)

Number of field devices
In the case of systems in accordance with the Fieldbus Intrinsically Safe Concept (FISCO)
with EEx ia explosion protection, the cable length is limited to a maximum length of 1000m (3300 ft). A maximum of 32 users per segment in non-Ex areas or a maximum of 10
users in an Ex-area (EEx ia IIC) is possible. The actual number of users must be determined
during the planning stage.
Bus termination
The start and end of each fieldbus segment must always be terminated by a bus
terminator. With various junction boxes (non-Ex), the bus termination can be activated via
a switch. If this is not the case, a separate bus terminator must be installed. Please also
note the following:• In the case of a branched bus segment, the device furthest from the segment coupler
represents the end of the bus.
• If the fieldbus is extended with a repeater then the extension must also be terminated atboth ends.

Endress+Hauser

31

Electrical connection

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

7.1.3

Terminal assignment

Transmitter
Connection version for PROFIBUS PA, pulse/frequency/switch output
2

1

+ –
3 4

+ –
1 2

3

2

1

+ –
3 4

+–
1 2

3

A0013570

Maximum number of terminals

1
2
3

A0018161

Maximum number of terminals for order code for"Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage
protection"

Output 1: PROFIBUS PA
Output 2 (passive: pulse/frequency/switch output
Ground terminal for cable shield

Order code for "Output"

Terminal numbers
Output 1
1 (+)

Option G 1) 2)
1)
2)

Output 2
2 (-)

PROFIBUS PA

3 (+)

4 (-)

Pulse/frequency/switch output(passive)

Output 1 must always be used; output 2 is optional.
PROFIBUS PA with integrated reverse polarity protection.

Remote version
In the case of the remote version, the sensor and transmitter are mounted separately fromone another and connected by a connecting cable. The sensor is connected via theconnection housing while the transmitter is connected via the connection compartment of
the wall holder unit.
The way the transmitter wall holder is connected depends on the measuring device
approval and the version of the connecting cable used.
Connection is only possible via terminals:• For approvals Ex n, Ex tb and cCSAus Div. 1• If a reinforced connecting cable is used
The connection is via an M12 connector:• For all other approvals• If the standard connecting cable is used
Connection to the connection housing of the sensor is always via the terminals(tightening torque for terminals: 1.2 to 1.7 Nm).

32

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Electrical connection

1

1 2

+ –
3 4

2

A0019335

 101
2

Terminals for connection compartment in the transmitter wall holder and the sensor connection housing

Terminals for connecting cable
Grounding via the cable strain relief

7.1.4

Terminal number

Assignment

Cable color
Connecting cable1

Supply voltage

Brown

2

Grounding

White

3

RS485 (+)

Yellow

4

RS485 (–)

Green

Pin assignment, device plug

PROFIBUS PA
Device plug for signal transmission (device side)
Pin

2

3

1

1

4

2

A0019021

3
4

7.1.5

Assignment+

PROFIBUS PA +CodingPlug/socket

A

Plug

Grounding-

PROFIBUS PA –Not assigned

Shielding and grounding

PROFIBUS PA
Optimum electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of the fieldbus system can only beguaranteed if the system components and, in particular, the lines are shielded and theshield forms as complete a cover as possible. A shield coverage of 90% is ideal.
• To ensure an optimum EMC protective effect, connect the shield as often as possible to
the reference ground.
• For reasons of explosion protection, you should refrain from grounding however.
To comply with both requirements, the fieldbus system allows three different types ofshielding:• Shielding at both ends.
• Shielding at one end on the feed side with capacitance termination at the field device.
• Shielding at one end on the feed side.
Experience shows that the best results with regard to EMC are achieved in most cases ininstallations with one-sided shielding on the feed side (without capacitance termination at
the field device). Appropriate measures with regard to input wiring must be taken to allow
unrestricted operation when EMC interference is present. These measures have been
Endress+Hauser

33

Electrical connection

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

taken into account for this device. Operation in the event of disturbance variables as per
NAMUR NE21 is thus guaranteed.
Where applicable, national installation regulations and guidelines must be observed
during the installation!
Where there are large differences in potential between the individual grounding points,
only one point of the shielding is connected directly with the reference ground. In systems
without potential equalization, therefore, cable shielding of fieldbus systems should only
be grounded on one side, for example at the fieldbus supply unit or at safety barriers.
NOTICEIn systems without potential matching, the multiple grounding of the cable shieldcauses mains frequency equalizing currents!
Damage to the bus cable shield.
‣ Only ground the bus cable shield to either the local ground or the protective ground at
one end. Insulate the shield that is not connected.
1

2

3

4

+
-

+
-

5

6
6

6

+
-

5

6
6

6
8

.

-

7
A0019004

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Controller (e.g. PLC)
Segment coupler PROFIBUS DP/PA
Cable shieldT-box
Measuring device
Local grounding
Bus terminator
Potential matching line

7.1.6

Requirements for the supply unit

Supply voltage
Transmitter
An external power supply is required for each output.
The following supply voltage values apply for the outputs available:

34

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Electrical connection

Supply voltage for a compact version without a local display 1)
Order code for "Output"
Option G: PROFIBUS PA, pulse/frequency/
switch output
1)
2)

Minimumterminal voltage 2)

Maximumterminal voltage≥ DC 9 V

DC 32 VIn event of external supply voltage of the PROFIBUS DP/PA coupler
The minimum terminal voltage increases if local operation is used: see the following table

Increase in minimum terminal voltage
Local operation

Increase in minimum
terminal voltage

Order code for "Display; Operation", option C:
Local operation SD02

+ DC 1 V

Order code for "Display; Operation", option E:
Local operation SD03 with lighting(backlighting not used)+ DC 1 V

Order code for "Display; Operation", option E:
Local operation SD03 with lighting(backlighting used)+ DC 3 V

7.1.7

Preparing the measuring device

1.

Remove dummy plug if present.

2.

NOTICE
Insufficient sealing of the housing!
Operational reliability of the measuring device could be compromised.
‣ Use suitable cable glands corresponding to the degree of protection.
If measuring device is delivered without cable glands:
Provide suitable cable gland for corresponding connecting cable .

3.

If measuring device is delivered with cable glands:
Observe cable specification .

7.2

Connecting the measuring device

NOTICE
Limitation of electrical safety due to incorrect connection!
‣ Have electrical connection work carried out by correspondingly trained specialists only.
‣ Observe applicable federal/national installation codes and regulations.
‣ Comply with local workplace safety regulations.
‣ For use in potentially explosive atmospheres, observe the information in the devicespecific Ex documentation.

7.2.1

Connecting the remote version

LWARNING
Risk of damaging the electronic components!

‣ Ground the remote version and in doing so connect the sensor and transmitter to thesame potential equalization.

‣ Only connect the sensor to a transmitter with the same serial number.
The following procedure (in the action sequence given) is recommended for the remoteversion:Endress+Hauser

35

Electrical connection

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

1.

Mount the transmitter and sensor.

2.

Connect the connecting cable.

3.

Connect the transmitter.
The way the transmitter wall holder is connected depends on the measuring device
approval and the version of the connecting cable used.
Connection is only possible via terminals:• For approvals Ex n, Ex tb and cCSAus Div. 1• If a reinforced connecting cable is used
The connection is via an M12 connector:• For all other approvals• If the standard connecting cable is used
Connection to the connection housing of the sensor is always via the terminals(tightening torque for terminals: 1.2 to 1.7 Nm).

Connecting the sensor connection housing

3 mm

A0020410

A0020411

36

1.

Loosen the securing clamp.

2.

Unscrew the housing cover.

3.

Guide the connecting cable through the cable entry and into the connection housing(if using a connecting cable without an M12 device plug, use the shorter stripped endof the connecting cable).

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

4.

Electrical connection

NOTICE
Terminals tightened with an incorrect tightening torque.
Incorrect connection or damaged terminal.
‣ Tighten the terminals with a tightening torque in the 1.2 to 1.7 Nm range.
Wire the connecting cable:
 Terminal 1 = brown cable
Terminal 2 = white cable
Terminal 3 = yellow cable
Terminal 4 = green cable

5.

Connect the cable shield via the cable strain relief.

6.

Reverse the removal procedure to reassemble the transmitter.

Connection to the wall holder of the transmitter
Connecting the transmitter via plug

A0020412‣ Connect the plug.
Connecting the transmitter via terminals

–
+
E

3 mm

A0020404

Endress+Hauser

37

Electrical connection

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

TX 10

8 mm
A0020405~15°A0020406

A0020407

38

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Electrical connection

A0020409

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the transmitter housing.

2.

Loosen the securing clamp of the electronics compartment cover.

3.

Unscrew the electronics compartment cover.

4.

Pull out the display module with a gentle rotational movement. To make it easier toaccess the lock switch, attach the display module to the edge of the electronics
compartment.

5.

Loosen the locking screw of the transmitter housing.

6.

Turn the transmitter housing to the right until the mark and lift it up. The connection
board of the wall housing is connected to the electronics board of the transmitter via
a signal cable. Pay attention to the signal cable when lifting the transmitter housing!

7.

Disconnect the signal cable from the connection board of the wall housing bypressing in the locking clip on the connector.

8.

Remove the transmitter housing.

9.

Guide the connecting cable through the cable entry and into the connection housing(if using a connecting cable without an M12 device plug, use the shorter stripped endof the connecting cable).

10. Wire the connecting cable:
 Terminal 1 = brown cable
Terminal 2 = white cable
Terminal 3 = yellow cable
Terminal 4 = green cable
11. Connect the cable shield via the cable strain relief.
12. Reverse the removal procedure to reassemble the transmitter.

7.2.2

Connecting the transmitter

The connection of the transmitter depends on the following order codes:
Connection version: terminals or device plug

Endress+Hauser

39

Electrical connection

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Connection via terminals

3 mm

20 mm

10 (0.4)mm (in)A0013836

1.

Loosen the securing clamp of the connection compartment cover.

2.

Unscrew the connection compartment cover.

3.

Push the cable through the cable entry . To ensure tight sealing, do not remove thesealing ring from the cable entry.

4.

Strip the cable and cable ends. In the case of stranded cables, also fit ferrules.

5.

Connect the cable in accordance with the terminal assignment .

6.

LWARNING
Housing degree of protection may be voided due to insufficient sealing of the
housing.
‣ Screw in the screw without using any lubricant. The threads on the cover arecoated with a dry lubricant.
Reverse the removal procedure to reassemble the transmitter.

Connection via device plug

A0019147‣ Plug in the device plug and tighten firmly.

40

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Electrical connection

Removing a cable

3 (0.12)3 4

1 2mm (in)A0013835‣ To remove a cable from the terminal, use a flat-blade screwdriver to push the slot

between the two terminal holes while simultaneously pulling the cable end out of theterminal.

7.2.3

Ensuring potential equalization

Requirements
Please consider the following to ensure correct measurement:• Same electrical potential for the fluid and sensor• Remote version: same electrical potential for the sensor and transmitter• Company-internal grounding concepts• Pipe material and grounding
For devices intended for use in hazardous locations, please observe the guidelines inthe Ex documentation (XA).

7.3

Special connection instructions

7.3.1

Connection examples

Pulse/frequency output

1
– +

2

_

+
–

12345

3

+
A0016801

 11
1
2
3

Endress+Hauser

Connection example for pulse/frequency output (passive)

Automation system with pulse/frequency input (e.g. PLC)
Power supply
Transmitter: observe input values →  190

41

Electrical connection

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PAPROFIBUS-PA
1

2

3

4

+
-

+
-

5

6
6

6

+
-

5

6
6

6
8

.

-

7
A0019004

 12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Connection example for PROFIBUS-PA

Control system (e.g. PLC)
Segment coupler PROFIBUS DP/PA
Cable shieldT-box
Measuring device
Local grounding
Bus terminator
Potential matching line

7.4

Hardware settings

7.4.1

Setting the device address

PROFIBUS PA

2
1

98

ON

3

4

5

6

7

8

DIP

The address must always be configured for a PROFIBUS DP/PA device. The valid address
range is between 1 and 126. In a PROFIBUS DP/PA network, each address can only be
assigned once. If an address is not configured correctly, the device is not recognized by themaster. All measuring devices are delivered from the factory with the device address 126
and with the software addressing method.

A0015686

 13

42

Address switch in the connection compartment

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Electrical connection

Hardware addressing
1.

Set switch 8 to the "OFF" position.

2.

Using switches 1 to 7, set the address as indicated in the table below.

The change of address takes effect after 10 seconds. The device is restarted.
Switch

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Value in "ON" position

1

2

4

8

16

32

64

Value in "OFF" position

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

ON
98

DIP

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

2 + 8 = 10
A0015902

 14

Example of hardware addressing; switch 8 is set to the "OFF" position; switches 1 to 7 define the address.

Software addressing
1.

Set switch 8 to "ON".
 The device restarts automatically and reports the current address (factory setting:
126).

2.

Configure the address via the operating menu: Setup menu→Communication
submenu→Device address parameter

ON
98

DIP

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

A0015903

 15

7.5

Example of software addressing; switch 8 is set to the "ON" position; the address is defined in the operating
menu ("Setup" menu→"Communication" submenu→"Device address" parameter).

Ensuring the degree of protection

The measuring device fulfills all the requirements for the IP66/67 degree of protection,
Type 4X enclosure.
To guarantee IP66/67 degree of protection, Type 4X enclosure, carry out the following
steps after the electrical connection:

Endress+Hauser

1.

Check that the housing seals are clean and fitted correctly. Dry, clean or replace theseals if necessary.

2.

Tighten all housing screws and screw covers.

3.

Firmly tighten the cable glands.

43

Electrical connection

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

4.

To ensure that moisture does not enter the cable entry, route the cable so that itloops down before the cable entry ("water trap").


A0013960

445.

Insert dummy plugs into unused cable entries.

7.6

Post-connection check

Are cables or the device undamaged (visual inspection)?



Do the cables comply with the requirements ?

Do the cables have adequate strain relief?



Are all the cable glands installed, firmly tightened and leak-tight? Cable run with "water trap"→  43 ?



Depending on the device version: are all the device plugs firmly tightened ?

Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the transmitter nameplate ?

Is the terminal assignment correct ?

Is the terminal assignment or the pin assignment of the device plug correct?



If supply voltage is present, do values appear on the display module?



Are all housing covers installed and firmly tightened?

Is the securing clamp tightened correctly?

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Operation options

8

Operation options

8.1

Overview of operating options

SC

1

2

3
A0019091

1
2
3

Endress+Hauser

Local operation via display module
Computer with operating tool (e.g. FieldCare, SIMATIC PDM)
Automation system (e.g. PLC)

45

Operation options

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

8.2

Structure and function of the operating menu

8.2.1

Structure of the operating menu

For an overview of the operating menu with menus and parameters

Operating menu for operators and maintenances
Language

Operator

Operatation!
Language
Parameter 1
Parameter n
Submenu 1

Setup

Device tag

Maintenance

Wizard 1 / Parameter 1
Wizard n / Parameter nAdvanced setup

Enter access code
Parameter 1

Task-oriented

Submenu nParameter n
Submenu 1
Submenu n
Diagnostics

Parameter 1
Parameter n
Submenu 1
Submenu nOperating menu for experts
Access status display
Parameter nExpertSystemSensor
IntputOutputCommunication

Function-oriented

ExpertApplication
Diagnostics

A0018237-EN

 16

46

Schematic structure of the operating menu

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

8.2.2

Operation options

Operating philosophy

The individual parts of the operating menu are assigned to certain user roles (operator,
maintenance etc.). Each user role contains typical tasks within the device lifecycle.
Menu/parameter
Languagetask-oriented

Operation

Setup

User role and tasks

Content/meaning

Role "Operator", "Maintenance"
Tasks during operation:• Configuring the operational display• Reading measured values

Defining the operating language"Maintenance" roleCommissioning:• Configuration of the measurement• Configuration of the inputs andoutputs

Wizards for fast commissioning:• Configure the outputs• Configuring the operational display• Define the output conditioning• Set the low flow cut off• Configuring the operational display (e.g. display format,
display contrast)• Resetting and controlling totalizers

Advanced setup• For more customized configuration of the measurement(adaptation to special measuring conditions)• Configuration of totalizers• Administration (define access code, reset measuring device)
Diagnostics

ExpertEndress+Hauser

function-oriented"Maintenance" role
Fault elimination:• Diagnostics and elimination ofprocess and device errors• Measured value simulation

Contains all parameters for error detection and analyzing
process and device errors:• Diagnostic list
Contains up to 5 currently pending diagnostic messages.
• Event logbook
Contains up to 20 or 100 (order option " Extended
HistoROM") event messages that have occurred.
• Device information
Contains information for identifying the device.
• Measured values
Contains all current measured values.
• Analog inputs
Is used to display the analog input.
• Data logging(Order option "Extended HistoROM")
Storage and visualization of up to 1000 measured values• Heartbeat
The functionality of the device is checked on demand and theverification results are documented.
• Simulation
Is used to simulate measured values or output values.

Tasks that require detailed knowledgeof the function of the device:• Commissioning measurements underdifficult conditions• Optimal adaptation of themeasurement to difficult conditions• Detailed configuration of thecommunication interface• Error diagnostics in difficult cases

Contains all the parameters of the device and makes it possible
to access these parameters directly using an access code. The
structure of this menu is based on the function blocks of thedevice:• SystemContains all higher-order device parameters which do notconcern the measurement or the communication interface.
• Sensor
Configuration of the measurement.
• Output
Configuration of the pulse/frequency/status output.
• Communication
Configuration of the digital communication interface.
• Submenus for function blocks (e.g. "Analog Inputs")
Configuration of function blocks.
• Application
Configuration of the functions that go beyond the actual
measurement (e.g. totalizer).
• Diagnostics
Error detection and analysis of process and device errors andfor device simulation and Heartbeat Technology.

47

Operation options

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

8.3

Access to the operating menu via the local display

8.3.1

Operational display
1

2

F

XXXXXXXXX

31120.504l/h

5A0016502

1
2
3
4
5

Operational display
Device tag
Status area
Display area for measured values (4-line)
Operating elements →  52

Status area
The following symbols appear in the status area of the operational display at the top right:• Status signals→  137– F: Failure– C: Function check– S: Out of specification– M: Maintenance required• Diagnostic behavior→  138– : Alarm– : Warning• : Locking (the device is locked via the hardware )• : Communication (communication via remote operation is active)
Display area
In the display area, each measured value is prefaced by certain symbol types for further
description:
Measured variable

Measurement channel
numberDiagnostic behavior

↓

↓

↓

ExampleAppears only if a diagnostics
event is present for thismeasured variable.

Measured variables
SymbolMeaning
Volume flow
Totalizer
The measurement channel number indicates which of the three totalizers is displayed.

48

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Operation options

Measurement channel numbers
SymbolMeaning
Measurement channel 1 to 4

The measurement channel number is displayed only if more than one channel is present for the same measured
variable type (e.g. totalizer 1-3).

Diagnostic behavior
The diagnostic behavior pertains to a diagnostic event that is relevant to the displayed measured variable.
For information on the symbols →  138

The number and display format of the measured values can be configured via the"Format display" parameter →  82. "Operation" menu → Display → Format
display

8.3.2

2

Navigation view
In the submenu

In the wizard

1

10091-1/../Operation
Access stat.disp

3/../Curr. output 1
S
Assign curr.
Volume flow

2

Operator
Locking status
Display

44

5

5A0013993-EN

1
2
3
4
5

3

A0016327-EN

Navigation view
Navigation path to current position
Status area
Display area for navigation
Operating elements →  52

Navigation path
The navigation path - displayed at the top left in the navigation view - consists of thefollowing elements:• In the submenu:
Display symbol for menu
• In the wizard:
Display symbol for wizard↓
ExamplesOmission symbol for
operating menu levels in
betweenName of current• Submenu• Wizard• Parameter

↓

↓

/ ../

Display/ ../Display

For more information about the menu icons, refer to the "Display area" section→  50Endress+Hauser

49

Operation options

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Status area
The following appears in the status area of the navigation view in the top right corner:• Of the submenu– The direct access code for the parameter you are navigating to (e.g. 0022-1)– If a diagnostic event is present, the diagnostic behavior and status signal• In the wizard
If a diagnostic event is present, the diagnostic behavior and status signal• For information on the diagnostic behavior and status signal →  137• For information on the function and entry of the direct access code →  55
Display area
Menus
SymbolMeaning
Operation
Appears:• In the menu next to the "Operation" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the "Operation" menu
Setup
Appears:• In the menu next to the "Setup" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the "Setup" menu
Diagnostics
Appears:• In the menu next to the "Diagnostics" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the "Diagnostics" menu
ExpertAppears:• In the menu next to the "Expert" selection• At the left in the navigation path in the "Expert" menu

Submenus, wizards, parameters
SymbolMeaning
Submenu
WizardParameters within a wizard

 No display symbol exists for parameters in submenus.
Locking
SymbolMeaningParameter locked
When displayed in front of a parameter name, indicates that the parameter is locked.
• By a user-specific access code
• By the hardware write protection switch

Wizard operation
SymbolMeaning
Switches to the previous parameter.
Confirms the parameter value and switches to the next parameter.
Opens the editing view of the parameter.

50

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Operation options

8.3.3

Editing view
Numeric editor

Text editor

1

20

2

0
5

1
6

2
7

3
8

4
9

3

4
A0013941

1
2
3
4A0013999

Editing view
Display area of the entered values
Input mask
Operating elements →  52

Input mask
The following input symbols are available in the input mask of the numeric and text editor:
Numeric editor
SymbolMeaning0…
9.
–Selection of numbers from 0 to 9.

Inserts decimal separator at the input position.
Inserts minus sign at the input position.
Confirms selection.
Moves the input position one position to the left.
Exits the input without applying the changes.
Clears all entered characters.

Text editor
Symbol

Aa1

ABC _
…
XYZ

Endress+Hauser

Meaning
Toggle• Between upper-case and lower-case letters• For entering numbers• For entering special characters
Selection of letters from A to Z.

51

Operation options

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

abc _
…
xyz

Selection of letters from a to z.

"'^ _
…
~& _

Selection of special characters.

Confirms selection.
Switches to the selection of the correction tools.
Exits the input without applying the changes.
Clears all entered characters.

Correction symbols under
SymbolMeaning
Clears all entered characters.
Moves the input position one position to the right.
Moves the input position one position to the left.
Deletes one character immediately to the left of the input position.

8.3.4
Key

Operating elements
Meaning
Minus key
In a menu, submenu
Moves the selection bar upwards in a choose list.
With a Wizard
Confirms the parameter value and goes to the previous parameter.
With a text and numeric editor
In the input mask, moves the selection bar to the left (backwards).
Plus key
In a menu, submenu
Moves the selection bar downwards in a choose list.
With a Wizard
Confirms the parameter value and goes to the next parameter.
With a text and numeric editor
Moves the selection bar to the right (forwards) in an input screen.

52

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Operation options

Key

MeaningEnter key
For operational display• Pressing the key briefly opens the operating menu.
• Pressing the key for 2 s opens the context menu.
In a menu, submenu• Pressing the key briefly:– Opens the selected menu, submenu or parameter.
– Starts the wizard.
– If help text is open, closes the help text of the parameter.
• Pressing the key for 2 s for parameter:
If present, opens the help text for the function of the parameter.
With a Wizard
Opens the editing view of the parameter.
With a text and numeric editor• Pressing the key briefly:– Opens the selected group.
– Carries out the selected action.
• Pressing the key for 2 s confirms the edited parameter value.
Escape key combination (press keys simultaneously)
In a menu, submenu• Pressing the key briefly:– Exits the current menu level and takes you to the next higher level.
– If help text is open, closes the help text of the parameter.
• Pressing the key for 2 s returns you to the operational display ("home position").

+With a Wizard
Exits the wizard and takes you to the next higher level.
With a text and numeric editor
Closes the text or numeric editor without applying changes.
Minus/Enter key combination (press the keys simultaneously)+

Reduces the contrast (brighter setting).
Plus/Enter key combination (press and hold down the keys simultaneously)+

Increases the contrast (darker setting).
Minus/Plus/Enter key combination (press the keys simultaneously)

+

8.3.5

+

For operational display
Enables or disables the keypad lock (only SD02 display module).

Opening the context menu

Using the context menu, the user can call up the following menus quickly and directly fromthe operational display:• Setup• Conf. backup disp.
• Simulation
Calling up and closing the context menu
The user is in the operational display.
1.

Press  for 2 s.
 The context menu opens.

A0016326-EN

Endress+Hauser

53

Operation options

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

2.

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The context menu is closed and the operational display appears.

Calling up the menu via the context menu

541.

Open the context menu.

2.

Press  to navigate to the desired menu.

3.

Press  to confirm the selection.
 The selected menu opens.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Operation options

8.3.6

Navigating and selecting from list

Different operating elements are used to navigate through the operating menu. The
navigation path is displayed on the left in the header. Icons are displayed in front of theindividual menus. These icons are also shown in the header during navigation.
For an explanation of the navigation view with symbols and operating elements→  49
Example: Setting the number of displayed measured values to "2 values"
XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX

XX
0104-1Main menu
Language

EnglishOperation
Setup
Main menu
Language
Operation
Setup
0091-1/ ../Operation
Access stat.disp

Operator
Locking status
Display/ ../Operation
Locking status
Display/ ../Display

0098-1

Format display
1 value, max.
Contrast display
Display intervall/ ../Format display
1 value, max.
Bargr. + 1 value
2 values
Val. large+2val.

0098-1/ ../Format display
1 value, max.
Bargr. + 1 value
2 values
Val. large+2val.

0098-1XXXXXXXXX
2s

10.50
XX
19.00
XX
A0014010-EN

8.3.7

Calling the parameter directly

A parameter number is assigned to every parameter to be able to access a parameter
directly via the onsite display. Entering this access code in the Direct access parameter
calls up the desired parameter directly.
Navigation path
"Expert" menu → Direct accessEndress+Hauser

55

Operation options

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

The direct access code consists of a 4-digit number and the channel number, which
identifies the channel of a process variable: e.g. 0914-1. In the navigation view, thisappears on the right-hand side in the header of the selected parameter.
0914-2

1

A0017223

1

Direct access code

Note the following when entering the direct access code:• The leading zeros in the direct access code do not have to be entered.
Example: Input of "914" instead of "0914"• If no channel number is entered, channel 1 is jumped to automatically.
Example: Input of "0914" → Parameter Totalizer 1• If a different channel is jumped to: Enter the direct access code with the corresponding
channel number.
Example: Input of "0914-2" → Parameter Totalizer 2
For the direct access codes of the individual parameters

8.3.8

Calling up help text

For some parameters, help texts exist, which the user can call up from the navigation view.
These briefly describe the function of the parameter and thus support fast and reliablecommissioning.
Calling up and closing the help text
The user is in the navigation view and the selection bar is on a parameter.
1.

Press  for 2 s.
 The help text for the selected parameter opens.
Ent. access code
Enter access code to disable
write protec.

A0014002-EN

 17

2.

56

Example: Help text for parameter "Enter access code"

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The help text is closed.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

8.3.9

Operation options

Changing the parameters

For a description of the editing display - consisting of text editor and numeric editor with symbols →  51, for a description of the operating elements →  52
Example: Changing the tag name in the "Tag description" parameter from 001-FT-101 to
001-FT-102
1496-1/../Advanced setup
Ent. access code
Tag description
001-FT-101
Def. access code001-FT-101
ABC
LMNO
XYZ

3x

001-FT-101
ABC
LMNO
XYZ

DEFG
PQRS

HIJK
TUVW
Aa1@

DEFG

HIJK

DEFG
PQRS

HIJK
TUVW
Aa1@

DEFG

HIJK

3456
/[]

789
()
Aa1@

3456

789

3456
/[]

789
()
Aa1@

001-FT-101
DEFG
PQRS

HIJK
TUVW
Aa1@

DEFG

HIJK

DEFG

HIJK

DEFG
PQRS

HIJK
TUVW
Aa1@

DEFG

HIJK

3456
/[]

789
()
Aa1@

3456

789

3456
/[]

789
()
Aa1@

ABC

001-FT-10
ABC

001-FT-10
ABC

001-FT-10
ABC
LMNO
XYZ

1x

001-FT-10
ABC
LMNO
XYZ

1x

001-FT-10

001-FT-10
ABC

2x

A

a

012
=+-*
0 1 2
<>{}

012
0

1

012
0

1

2

001-FT-102

001-FT-102

1x

1 @

001-FT-10

2

012
=+-*
0 1 2
<>{}

a

012
=+-*
<>{}

1 @

001-FT-10

2x

A

001-FT-10

001-FT-102

4x

ABC

012
=+-*
0 1 2
<>{}

1496-1/../Advanced setup
Ent. access code
Tag description
001-FT-102
Def. access codeMax.

A0014020-EN

Endress+Hauser

57

Operation options

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

8.3.10User roles and related access authorization

The two user roles "Operator" and "Maintenance" have different write access to theparameters if the customer defines a user-specific access code. This protects the device
configuration via the local display from unauthorized access .
Access authorization to parameters
User role

Read access

Write accessWithout access code(from the factory)

With access code

Without access code(from the factory)

With access code

Operator







-- 1)

Maintenance









1)

Despite the defined access code, certain parameters can always be modified and thus are excepted fromthe write protection, as they do not affect the measurement. Refer to the "Write protection via access code"
sectionIf an incorrect access code is entered, the user obtains the access rights of the "Operator"role.
The user role with which the user is currently logged on is indicated by the Accessstatus display parameter. Navigation path: Operation → Access status display

8.3.11Disabling write protection via access code

If the -symbol appears on the local display in front of a parameter, the parameter iswrite-protected by a user-specific access code and its value cannot be changed at the
moment using the local display .
The locking of the write access via local operation can be disabled by entering thecustomer-defined access code via the respective access option.
1.

After you press , the input prompt for the access code appears.

2.

Enter the access code.
 The -symbol in front of the parameters disappears; all previously writeprotected parameters are now re-enabled.

8.3.12

Enabling and disabling the keypad lockThe keypad lock makes it possible to block access to the entire operating menu via local
operation. As a result, it is no longer possible to navigate through the operating menu orchange the values of individual parameters. Users can only read the measured values on
the operational display.
Local operation with mechanical push buttons (display module SD02)
Display module SD02: order characteristic "Display; Operation", option C
The keypad lock is switched on and off in the same way:
Switching on the keypad lock

‣ The device is in the measured value display.
Press the  +  +  keys simultaneously.
 The message Keylock on appears on the display: The keypad lock is switched on.
If the user attempts to access the operating menu while the keypad lock is active, themessage Keylock on appears.

58

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Operation options

Switching off the keypad lock

‣ The keypad lock is switched on.
Press the  +  +  keys simultaneously.
 The message Keylock off appears on the display: The keypad lock is switched off.
Local operation with touch control (display module SD03)
Display module SD03: Order characteristic "Display; Operation", option E
The keypad lock is switched on and off via the context menu.
Switching on the keypad lockThe keypad lock is switched on automatically:• Each time the device is restarted.
• If the device has not been operated for longer than one minute in the measured value
display.
1.

The device is in the measured value display.
Press the  key for longer than 2 seconds.
 A context menu appears.

2.

In the context menu, select the Keylock on option.
 The keypad lock is switched on.
If the user attempts to access the operating menu while the keypad lock is active, themessage Keylock on appears.

Switching off the keypad lock1.

The keypad lock is switched on.
Press the  key for longer than 2 seconds.
 A context menu appears.

2.

In the context menu, select the Keylock off option.
 The keypad lock is switched off.

8.4

Access to the operating menu via the operating tool

The structure of the operating menu in the operating tools is the same as for operation via
the local display.

8.4.1

Connecting the operating tool

Via PROFIBUS PA network
This communication interface is available in device versions with PROFIBUS PA.

Endress+Hauser

59

Operation options

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

1

2

3

4

5

7

6

7

6

7

6
A0019013

 18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Options for remote operation via PROFIBUS PA network

Automation system
Segment coupler PROFIBUS DP/PA
Computer with PROFIBUS network card
PROFIBUS DP network
PROFIBUS PA network
Measuring device
T-box

Via service interface (CDI)

3

–
+
E

2

1
A0020545

1
2
3

60

Service interface (CDI = Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) of the measuring device
Commubox FXA291
Computer with "FieldCare" operating tool with COM DTM "CDI Communication FXA291"

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

8.4.2

Operation options

FieldCare

Function scope
FDT-based plant asset management tool from Endress+Hauser. It can configure all smart
field devices in a system and helps you manage them. By using the status information, it isalso a simple but effective way of checking their status and condition.
Access is via:
• PROFIBUS PA protocol →  18,  60
• Service interface CDI →  60
Typical functions:• Configuring parameters of transmitters• Loading and saving device data (upload/download)• Documentation of the measuring point• Visualization of the measured value memory (line recorder) and event logbook
For additional information about FieldCare, see Operating Instructions BA00027S
and BA00059S
Source for device description files
See information →  63
Establishing a connection
For additional information, see Operating Instructions BA00027S and BA00059S

Endress+Hauser

61

Operation options

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

User interface
2

4

3

6

5

7

Xxxxxx/…/…/

1

Device name:

Xxxxxxx

Mass flow:

12.34

kg/h

Device tag:

Xxxxxxx

Volume flow:

12.34

m³/h

Status:Good

XxxxxxAccess status tooling+
Operation
P

–

Setup
Device tag–
System unitsP
Mass flow unit
P
Volume flow unit+
Select medium
P

8

+

…

+

…

+

Maintenance

Mass flow unit:

kg/hVolume flow unit:m³/h

Xxxxxx
kg/h
m³/h

9

Advanced setup+

Diagnostics+

Expert10

11A0021051-EN

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

HeaderPicture of device
Device nameTag name
Status area with status signal
Display area for current measured values
Edit toolbar with additional functions such as save/restore, event list and create documentation
Navigation area with operating menu structure
Working area
Range of action
Status area

8.4.3

SIMATIC PDM

Function scope
SIMATIC PDM is a standardized, manufacturer-independent program from Siemens forthe operation, configuration, maintenance and diagnosis of intelligent field devices via
PROFIBUS PA protocol.
Source for device description files
See data →  63

62

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

System integration

9

System integration

9.1

Overview of device description files

9.1.1

Current version data for the device

Firmware version

01.01.00• On the title page of the Operating instructions• On transmitter nameplate• Firmware version parameter"Diagnostics" menu → Device information→ Firmware version

Release date of firmware version

10.2014---

Manufacturer ID

0x11

Manufacturer ID parameter"Diagnostics" menu → Device information→ Manufacturer ID

Device type code

0x1564

Device type parameter"Diagnostics" menu → Device information → Device
type

Profile version

3.02

---

For an overview of the different firmware versions for the device →  176

9.1.2

Operating tools

The suitable device description file for the individual operating tools is listed in the tablebelow, along with information on where the file can be acquired.
Operating tool via
PROFIBUS protocol

Sources for obtaining device descriptions

FieldCare• www.endress.com → Download Area
• CD–ROM (contact Endress+Hauser)• DVD (contact Endress+Hauser)

SIMATIC PDM(Siemens)

www.endress.com → Download Area

9.2

Device master file (GSD)

In order to integrate field devices into a bus system, the PROFIBUS system needs a
description of the device parameters, such as output data, input data, data format, data
volume and supported transmission rate.
These data are available in the device master file (GSD) which is provided to the PROFIBUS
Master when the communication system is commissioned. In addition device bit maps,
which appear as icons in the network structure, can also be integrated.
With the Profile 3.0 device master file (GSD) it is possible to exchange field devices madeby different manufacturers without having to reconfigure.
Generally speaking two different GSD versions are possible with Profile 3.0 and higher.
• Before configuring, the user must decide which GSD should be used to operate thesystem.
• The setting can be changed via a Class 2 master.

Endress+Hauser

63

System integration

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

9.2.1

Manufacturer-specific GSD

This GSD guarantees the unrestricted functionality of the measuring device. Device-specificprocess parameters and functions are therefore available.
Manufacturer-specific GSD

ID numberFile name

PROFIBUS PA

0x1564EH3x1564.gsd

The fact that the manufacturer-specific GSD should be used is specified in the Ident
number selector parameter by selecting the Manufacturer option.
Where to acquire the manufacturer-specific GSD:
www.endress.com → Download Area

9.2.2

Profile GSD

Differs in terms of the number of Analog Input blocks (AI) and the measured values. If asystem is configured with a Profile GSD, it is possible to exchange devices made bydifferent manufacturers. However, it is essential to ensure that the order of the cyclic
process values is correct.
ID number

Supported blocks

Supported channels

0x9740• 1 Analog Input• 1 Totalizer• Channel Analog Input: volume flow
• Channel totalizer: volume flow

0x9741• 2 Analog Input• 1 Totalizer• Channel Analog Input 1: volume flow
• Channel Analog Input 2: mass flow
• Channel totalizer: volume flow

0x9742• 3 Analog Input• 1 Totalizer• Channel Analog Input 1: volume flow
• Channel Analog Input 2: mass flow
• Channel Analog Input 3: corrected volume
flow• Channel totalizer: volume flow

The Profile GSD that is to be used is specified in the Ident number selector parameter byselecting the Profile 0x9740 option, Profile 0x9741 option or Profile 0x9742 option.

9.2.3

Compatibility with other Endress+Hauser measuring devices

The Prowirl 200 PROFIBUS PA guarantees compatibility during cyclic data exchange withthe automation system (Class 1 master) for the following measuring devices:• Prowirl 72 PROFIBUS PA (Profile version 3.0, ID number 0x153B)• Prowirl 73 PROFIBUS PA (Profile version 3.0, ID number 0x153C)
It is possible to replace these measuring devices with a Prowirl 200 PROFIBUS PA without
the need to reconfigure the PROFIBUS network in the automation unit even though thenames and ID numbers of the measuring devices differ. Once replaced, the device is either
identified automatically (factory setting) or device identification can be set manually.
Automatic identification (factory setting)
The Prowirl 200 PROFIBUS PA automatically identifies the measuring device configured in
the automation system (Prowirl 72 PROFIBUS PA or Prowirl 73 PROFIBUS PA) and makes
the same input and output data and measured value status information available for cyclic
data exchange.
Automatic identification is set in the Ident number selector parameter using the Auto
option (factory setting).

64

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

System integration

Manual setting
The manual setting is made in the Ident number selector parameter using the Prowirl 72(0x153B) or Prowirl 73 (0x153C) option.
Afterwards, the Prowirl 200 PROFIBUS PA makes the same input and output data andmeasured status information available for cyclic data exchange.
• If the Prowirl 200 PROFIBUS PA is acyclically configured via an operating program(Class 2 master), access is directly via the block structure or the parameters of themeasuring device.
• If parameters have been changed in the device to be replaced (Prowirl 72 PROFIBUS
PA or Prowirl 73 PROFIBUS PA) (parameter setting no longer corresponds to theoriginal factory setting), these parameters must be changed accordingly in the new
replacement Prowirl 200 PROFIBUS PA via an operating program (Class 2 master).
ExampleThe setting for low flow cut off has been changed from mass flow (factory setting)to corrected volume flow in a Prowirl 72 PROFIBUS PA currently in operation. This
device is now replaced by a Prowirl 200 PROFIBUS PA device. After replacing thedevice, the assignment for the low flow cut off must be changed manually in theProwirl 200 PROFIBUS, i.e. to corrected volume flow, to ensure the measuring
device behaves identically.
Replacing the measuring devices without changing the GSD file or restarting thecontroller
In the procedure described below, the device can be replaced without interrupting ongoing
operation or restarting the controller. However with this procedure the measuring device is
not fully integrated!
1.

Replace the measuring device Prowirl 72 or 73 PROFIBUS PA by a Prowirl 200
PROFIBUS PA device.

2.

Set the device address: The same device address that was set for the Prowirl 72,
Prowirl 73 or PROFIBUS PA Profile GSD must be used.

3.

Connect the Prowirl 200 PROFIBUS PA.

If the factory setting had been changed on the replaced device (Prowirl 72 or Prowirl 73),
the following settings may need to be changed:
1.

Configuration of the application-specific parameters.

2.

Choice of process variables to be transmitted via the CHANNEL parameter in the
Analog Input or Totalizer function block.

3.

Setting of the units for the process variables.

9.3

Cyclic data transmission

Cyclic data transmission when using the device master file (GSD).

9.3.1

Block model

The block model shows which input and output data the measuring device makes available
for cyclic data exchange. Cyclic data exchange takes place with a PROFIBUS master (Class1), e.g. a control system etc.
Measuring device
Transducer
Block

Endress+Hauser

Analog Input block 1 to 4

→  66

Totalizer block 1 to 3

→  67

Control system
Output value AI→

Output value TOTAL→

Controller SETTOT←PROFIBUS PA

65

System integration

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Configuration MODETOT←

Analog Output block 1→  69Input values AO←

Discrete Input block 1 to 2

→  70

Output values DI→

Discrete Output block 1 to3

→  70

Input values DO←

Defined order of modules
The measuring device works as a modular PROFIBUS slave. In contrast to a compact slave,a modular slave has a variable design and consists of several individual modules. The
device master file (GSD) contains a description of the individual modules (input and output
data) along with their individual properties.
The modules are permanently assigned to the slots, i.e. when configuring the modules, theorder and the arrangement of the modules must be respected.
Slot

Module

1…4AI

5

TOTAL orSETTOT_TOTAL or
SETOT_MODETOT_TOTAL

6
7

Function block
Analog Input block 1 to 4
Totalizer block 1
Totalizer block 2
Totalizer block 3

8AO

Analog Output block 1

9…10

DI

Discrete Input block 1 to 2

11…13

DO

Discrete Output block 1 to 3

To optimize the data throughput rate of the PROFIBUS network, it is advisable to only
configure modules that are processed in the PROFIBUS master system. If this results ingaps between the configured modules, these gaps must be assigned to the
EMPTY_MODULE.

9.3.2

Description of the modules

The data structure is described from the perspective of the PROFIBUS master:• Input data: Are sent from the measuring device to the PROFIBUS master.
• Output data: Are sent from the PROFIBUS master to the measuring device.
AI module (Analog Input)
Transmit an input variable from the measuring device to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1).
The selected input variable, along with the status, is cyclically transmitted to the
PROFIBUS Master (Class 1) via the AI module. The input variable is depicted in the first
four bytes in the form of a floating point number as per the IEEE 754 standard. The fifth
byte contains standardized status information pertaining to the input variable.
Four Analog Input blocks are available (slot 1 to 4).
Selection: input variable
The input variable can be specified using the CHANNEL parameter.

66

CHANNEL

Input variable

33122

Volume flow

32961

Mass flow

33093

Corrected volume flow

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

System integration

CHANNEL

Input variable

708

Flow velocity

33101

Temperature

709

Calculated saturated steam pressure

710

Steam quality

466

Total mass flow

69

Energy flow

465

Heat flow difference

711

Reynolds number

32850

Density1159

Pressure

2006

Specific volume1305

Degree of overheating

Factory setting
Function block

Factory setting

AI 1

Volume flow

AI 2

Mass flow

AI 3

Corrected volume flow

AI 4

Density

Data structure
Input data of Analog Input
Byte 1

Byte 2Byte 3

Byte 4

Measured value: floating point number (IEEE 754)

Byte 5
StatusTOTAL module
Transmit a totalizer value from the measuring device to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1).
A selected totalizer value, along with the status, is cyclically transmitted to a PROFIBUS
Master (Class 1) via the TOTAL module. The totalizer value is depicted in the first four
bytes in the form of a floating point number as per the IEEE 754 standard. The fifth byte
contains standardized status information pertaining to the totalizer value.
Three Totalizer blocks are available (slot 5 to 7).
Selection: totalizer value
The totalizer value can be specified using the CHANNEL parameter.

Endress+Hauser

CHANNEL

Input variable

33122

Volume flow

32961

Mass flow

33093

Corrected volume flow

466

Total mass flow

467

Condensate mass flow

67

System integration

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

CHANNEL

Input variable

69

Energy flow

465

Heat flow difference

Factory setting
Function block

Factory setting: TOTAL

Totalizer 1, 2 and 3

Volume flow

Data structure
Input data of TOTAL
Byte 1

Byte 2Byte 3

Byte 4

Measured value: floating point number (IEEE 754)

Byte 5
StatusSETTOT_TOTAL module
The module combination consists of the SETTOT and TOTAL functions:• SETTOT: Control the totalizers via the PROFIBUS master.
• TOTAL: Transmit totalizer value, along with the status, to the PROFIBUS master.
Three Totalizer blocks are available (slot 5 to 7).
Selection: control totalizer
CHANNEL

Value SETTOT

Control totalizer

33310

0

Totalize

33046

1

Resetting

33308

2

Adopt totalizer initial setting

Factory setting
Function block

Factory setting: Value SETTOT (meaning)

Totalizer 1, 2 and 3

0 (totalizing)

Data structure
Output data of SETTOT
Byte 1
Control variable 1

Input data of TOTAL
Byte 1

Byte 2Byte 3

Byte 4

Measured value: floating point number (IEEE 754)

68

Byte 5
StatusEndress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

System integration

SETTOT_MODETOT_TOTAL module
The module combination consists of the SETTOT, MODETOT and TOTAL functions:• SETTOT: Control the totalizers via the PROFIBUS master.
• MODETOT: Configure the totalizers via the PROFIBUS master.
• TOTAL: Transmit totalizer value, along with the status, to the PROFIBUS master.
Three Totalizer blocks are available (slot 5 to 7).
Selection: totalizer configuration
CHANNELMODETOT value

Totalizer configuration

33306

0

Balancing

33028

1

Balance the positive flow

32976

2

Balance the negative flow

32928

3

Stop totalizing

Factory setting
Function block

Factory setting: Value MODETOT (meaning)

Totalizer 1, 2 and 3

0 (balancing)

Data structure
Output data of SETTOT and MODETOT
Byte 1

Byte 2Control variable 1: SETTOT

Control variable 2: MODETOT

Input data of TOTAL
Byte 1

Byte 2Byte 3

Byte 4

Measured value: floating point number (IEEE 754)

Byte 5
Status

AO module (Analog Output)
Transmit a compensation value from the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) to the measuring
device.
A compensation value, along with the status, is cyclically transmitted from the PROFIBUS
Master (Class 1) to the measuring device via the AO module. The compensation value isdepicted in the first four bytes in the form of a floating point number as per the IEEE 754
standard. The fifth byte contains standardized status information pertaining to thecompensation value.
One Analog Output block is available (slot 8).
Assigned compensation values
A compensation value is permanently assigned to the individual Analog Output blocks.
CHANNEL

Function block

Compensation value

1507

AO 1

External compensation

The selection is made via: "Expert" menu → Sensor → External compensation

Endress+Hauser

69

System integration

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Data structure
Output data of Analog Output
Byte 1

Byte 2Byte 3

Byte 4

Byte 5

Measured value: floating point number (IEEE 754)

StatusDI module (Discrete Input)
Transmit discrete input values from the measuring device to the PROFIBUS master (Class
1). Discrete input values are used by the measuring device to transmit the state of device
functions to the PROFIBUS master (Class 1).
The DI module cyclically transmits the discrete input value, along with the status, to the
PROFIBUS Master (Class 1). The discrete input value is depicted in the first byte. The
second byte contains standardized status information pertaining to the input value.
Two Discrete Input blocks are available (slot 9 to 10).
Selection: device function
The device function can be specified using the CHANNEL parameter.

1)

CHANNEL

Device function

893

Switch output state895

Low flow cut off

1430

Status verification 1)

Factory setting: Status (meaning)• 0 (device function not active)• 1 (device function active)

Only available with the "Heartbeat Verification" application package

Factory setting
Function block

Factory setting

DI 1

Switch output state

DI 2

Low flow cut off

Data structure
Input data of Discrete Input
Byte 1

Byte 2Discrete

Status

DO module (Discrete Output)
Transmit discrete output values from the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) to the measuring
device. Discrete output values are used by the PROFIBUS master (Class 1) to enable anddisable device functions.
The DO module cyclically transmits the discrete output value, along with the status, to themeasuring device. The discrete output value is depicted in the first byte. The second byte
contains standardized status information pertaining to the output value.
Three Discrete Output blocks are available (slot 11 to 13).

70

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

System integration

Assigned device functions
A device function is permanently assigned to the individual Discrete Output blocks.

1)

CHANNEL

Function block

Device function

Values: control (meaning)

891

DO 1

Flow override

1429

DO 2

Start verification 1)• 0 (disable device function)• 1 (enable device function)

Only available with the Heartbeat Verification application package

Data structure
Output data of Discrete Output
Byte 1

Byte 2Discrete

StatusEMPTY_MODULE moduleThis module is used to assign empty spaces arising from modules not being used in theslots →  66.

Endress+Hauser

71Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

10Commissioning

10.1

Function check

Before commissioning the measuring device:‣ Make sure that the post-installation and post-connection checks have been performed.
• "Post-installation check" checklist →  28
• "Post-connection check" checklist →  44

10.2

Switching on the measuring device‣ After a successful function check, switch on the measuring device.
 After a successful startup, the local display switches automatically from the startup
display to the operational display.
If nothing appears on the local display or a diagnostic message is displayed, refer tothe section on "Diagnostics and troubleshooting" →  135.

10.3

Configuring the device address via software

In the "Communication" submenu the device address can be set.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Communication → Device address

10.3.1PROFIBUS network

At time of delivery, the measuring device has the following factory setting:
Device address126

If hardware addressing is active, software addressing is blocked

10.4

Setting the operating language

Factory setting: English or ordered local language

72

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX

XX
Main menu
Language

0104-1EnglishOperation
Setup
LanguageÃ English
DeutschEspañol
Français0104-1

LanguageÃ English
DeutschEspañol
Français0104-1

Hauptmenü
Sprache0104-1
DeutschBetrieb
Setup
A0013996

 19

Endress+Hauser

Taking the example of the local display

73

Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

10.5

Configuring the measuring device• The Setup menuwith its guided wizards contains all the parameters needed for standard
operation.
• Navigation to the Setup menu
XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX

XX
0104-1Main menu
Language

EnglishOperation
Setup
Main menu
Operation
Setup
Diagnostic/ ../Setup
Medium selection
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
A0014007-EN

 20

Taking the example of the local display

Overview of the wizards in the "Setup" menu Setup

10.5.1

Device tag→  75‣ Medium selection→  76‣ System units→  78‣ Communication→  83‣ Analog inputs→  81‣ Display→  82‣ Low flow cut off→  84‣ Advanced setup→  86

Defining the tag nameTo enable fast identification of the measuring point within the system, you can enter aunique designation using the Device tag parameter and thus change the factory setting.

74

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

1

XXXXXXXXX

A0013375

 21
1

Header of the operational display with tag name

Device tag• The number of characters displayed depends on the characters used.
• Enter the tag name in the "FieldCare" operating tool →  62
Navigation"Setup" menu → Device tag
Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Device tag

Endress+Hauser

Description
Enter the name for the measuring point.

User entry
Max. 32 characters such as
letters, numbers or special
characters (e.g. @, %, /).

Factory setting
Prowirl 200 PA

75

Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

10.5.2

Selecting and setting the medium

The Medium selection wizard guides you systematically through all the parameters thathave to be configured for selecting and setting the medium.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Medium selection
Structure of the wizard

SelectmediumSinglegas

Gas
mixtureGas

LiquidSelectgas type

Selectliquid typeAir

Naturalgas

User-spec.
gas

User-spec.
liquid

LPG

Steam

Water

Fixed process pressure

Enthalpy type

Enthalpy calc.

Density calc.

End of wizard

A0020776-EN

 22"Medium selection" wizard in the "Setup" menu

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Select medium–

Select gas typeThe following conditions are
Select measured gas type.
met:• Order code
– "Sensor version", option"Mass flow"– "Application package",
option "Air + Industrial
gases" or option "Naturalgas"• The Gas option is selected in
the Select medium
parameter.

76

Select medium type.

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting• Gas• Liquid• SteamSteam• Single gas• Gas mixture• Air• Natural gas• User-specific gas

User-specific gas

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Select liquid typeThe following conditions aremet:• Order code for "Sensor
version", option "Mass flow"• The Liquid option is
selected in the Selectmedium parameter.

Select measured liquid type.

• Water
Water• LPG ((liquefied
petroleum gas))• User-specific liquid

Fixed process pressure

The following conditions aremet:• Order code for "Sensor
version", option "Mass flow
(integrated temperature
measurement)"• In the External value
parameter (→  102), thePressure option is notselected.

Enter fixed value for processpressure.

0 to 250 bar abs.

0 bar abs.

Dependency
The unit is taken from thePressure unit parameterdetailed information
 For
on the calculation of themeasured variables withsteam: →  186
detailed information
 For
on setting the parameterin steam applications,see the Special
Documentation for the
Wet Steam Detection
and Wet Steam
Measurement→  212 application
package.

Enthalpy calculation

The following conditions are
Select the norm the enthalpy
met:calculation is based on.
• Order code
– "Sensor version", option"Mass flow (integrated
temperature
measurement)"– "Application package",
option "Natural gas"
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected and in the Selectgas type parameter, theNatural gas option is
selected.

• AGA5• ISO 6976

AGA5

Density calculation

The following conditions are
Select the norm the density
met:calculation is based on.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.

• AGA Nx19
• ISO 12213- 2• ISO 12213- 3

AGA Nx19

Enthalpy typeThe following conditions aremet:• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Userspecific gas option is
selected.
Or• In the Select liquid typeparameter, the Userspecific liquid option is
selected.

• Heat• Calorific value

Heat

Endress+Hauser

Define which kind of enthalpy
is used.

77

Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

10.5.3

Setting the system units

In the System units submenu the units of all the measured values can be set.
Navigation"Setup" menu → System units‣ System units
Volume flow unit
Volume unit
Mass flow unit
Mass unit
Corrected volume flow unit
Corrected volume unit
Pressure unit
Temperature unit
Energy flow unit
Energy unit
Calorific value unit
Calorific value unit
Velocity unit
Density unit
Specific volume unit
Dynamic viscosity unit
Length unit

78

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Volume flow unit

Prerequisite–

Description
Select volume flow unit.

Selection

Factory setting

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• m³/h• ft³/min

EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Low flow cut off• Simulation process variable
Volume unit–

Select volume unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• m³
• ft³

Mass flow unit–

Select mass flow unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kg/h• lb/minEffectThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Low flow cut off• Simulation process variable
Mass unit–

Select mass unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• kg
• lb

Corrected volume flow unit–

Select corrected volume flow
unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• Nm³/h• Sft³/h

EffectThe selected unit applies for:
Corrected volume flow
Corrected volume unit–

Select corrected volume unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• Nm³• Sft³Pressure unit

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Massflow"

Select process pressure unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• bar
• psi

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• °C
• °F

Temperature unit–

EffectThe unit is taken from the:• Calculated saturated steampressure• Atmospheric pressure• Maximum value• Fixed process pressure• Pressure• Reference pressure
Select temperature unit.
EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Temperature• Maximum value• Minimum value• Average value• Maximum value• Minimum value• Maximum value• Minimum value• 2nd temperature delta heat
• Fixed temperature• Reference combustion
temperature• Reference temperature• Saturation temperature

Endress+Hauser

79Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter
Energy flow unit

Prerequisite

Description

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Massflow"

Select energy flow unit.

Energy unit

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Massflow"

Calorific value unit

Selection

Factory setting

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kW• Btu/hSelect energy unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• kWh
• Btu

The following conditions aremet:• Order code for "Sensor
version", option "Mass flow"• The Gross calorific value
volume option or the Net
calorific value volume
option is selected in the
Calorific value typeparameter.

Select calorific value unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kJ/Nm³• Btu/Sft³

Calorific value unit (Mass)

The following conditions aremet:• Order code for "Sensor
version", option "Mass flow"• The Gross calorific value
mass option or the Net
calorific value mass option
is selected in the Calorificvalue type parameter.

Select calorific value unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kJ/kg• Btu/lb

Velocity unit–

Select velocity unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• m/s• ft/sUnit choose list

Country-specific:• kg/m³• lb/ft³

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• m³/kg• ft3/lb

Unit choose list

Pa s

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• mm
• in

ResultThe selected unit applies for:• Outputs• Low flow cut off

ResultThe selected unit applies for:
Reference gross calorific value

ResultThe selected unit applies for:• Flow velocity• Maximum value
Density unit–

Select density unit.
EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Simulation process variable

Specific volume unit

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Massflow"

Select the unit for the specificvolume.
ResultThe selected unit applies for:Specific volume

Dynamic viscosity unit–

Select dynamic viscosity unit.
ResultThe selected unit applies for:• Dynamic viscosity
parameter (gases)• Dynamic viscosity
parameter (liquids)

Length unit–

Select length unit for nominal
diameter.
EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Inlet run• Mating pipe diameter

80

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

10.5.4

Commissioning

Configuring the analog inputs

The Analog inputs submenu guides you systematically to the individual Analog input 1 to
4 submenu. From here you get to the parameters of the individual analog input.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Analog inputs‣ Analog inputs‣ Analog input 1 to 4
ChannelPV filter time
Fail safe type
Fail safe value

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Channel–Select the process variable.

PV filter time–

Specify the time to suppress
Positive floatingsignal peaks. During thepoint number
specified time the analog input
does not respond to an erraticincrease in the process
variable.

0

Fail safe type–

Select the failure mode.

• Fail safe value• Fallback value
• Off

Off

Fail safe value

In Fail safe type parameter,
the Fail safe value option is
selected.

Specify the values to be output
when an error occurs.

Signed floating-point
number0*• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated
saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow
difference *• Reynolds number *• Density *• Pressure *• Specific volume *• Degrees ofsuperheat *Factory setting
Volume flow

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

81Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

10.5.5

Configuring the local display

The Display wizard guides you systematically through all the parameters that canconfigured for configuring the local display.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Display
Structure of the wizard

Format display

Value 1 display

0% bargraphvalue 1

100% bargraphvalue 1

Value 2 display

Value 3 display

0% bargraphvalue 3

100% bargraphvalue 3

Value 4 display

End of wizard

A0013797-EN

 23

82

"Display" wizard in the "Setup" menu

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Format display

A local display is provided.

Select how measured values
are shown on the display.

• 1 value, max. size
• 1 bargraph + 1value• 2 values• 1 value large + 2
values• 4 values

1 value, max. size

Value 1 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated
saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass
flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow
difference *• Reynolds number *• Density *• Pressure *• Specific volume *• Degrees ofsuperheat *• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3

Volume flow

0% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 m³/h• 0 ft³/h

100% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Value 2 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

Picklist, see Value 1
display parameter

None

Value 3 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

Picklist, see Value 1
display parameterNone

0% bargraph value 3

A selection has been made in
the Value 3 display
parameter.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 m³/h• 0 ft³/h

100% bargraph value 3

An option has been selected inthe Value 3 display
parameter.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
number0

Value 4 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

Picklist, see Value 1
display parameter

None

*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.5.6

Configuring communication interface

The Communication submenu guides you systematically through all the parameters thathave to be configured for selecting and setting the communication interface.

Endress+Hauser

83Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Navigation"Setup" menu → Communication‣ Communication
Device address

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Device address

Description

User entry

Enter device address.

10.5.70 to 126

Factory setting
126

Configuring the low flow cut off

The Low flow cut off wizard guides you systematically through all the parameters thathave to be set for configuring the low flow cut off.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Low flow cut off
Structure of the wizard

Assign variable

Off

Volume flow

Correct.vol.flow

Mass flow

Reynolds number

On value

Off value

End of wizard

A0020775-EN

 24

84

"Low flow cut off" wizard in the "Setup" menu

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Select process variable for low
flow cut off.

• Off
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Mass flow
• Reynolds number *Off

Positive floatingpoint number0

Assign process variable–

On value low flow cutoff

One of the following options is Enter on value for low flow cut
selected in the Assign process off.
variable parameter (→  85):
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Reynolds number *Off value low flow cutoff

One of the following options is Enter off value for low flow cut 0 to 100.0 %selected in the Assign process off.
variable parameter (→  85):
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Reynolds number **Factory setting

50 %Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

85Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

10.6

Advanced settings

The Advanced setup submenu together with its submenus contains parameters for
specific settings.
Navigation to the "Advanced setup" submenu
XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX

XX
0104-1Main menu
Language

EnglishOperatation
Setup
Main menu
Operatation
Setup
Diagnostic/ ../Setup
Medium selection
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX/ ../Setup
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Advanced setup/ ../Advanced setup
Ent. access code
Device tag
Def. access code0092-1****
A0014009-EN

 25

Taking the example of the local display

The number of submenus can vary depending on the device version. Some submenus
are not dealt with in the Operating Instructions. These submenus and the parameters
they contain are explained in the Special Documentation for the device.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup‣ Advanced setup
Enter access code86

‣ Medium properties→  87‣ External compensation→  101‣ Sensor adjustment→  103

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning‣ Pulse/frequency/switch output→  108‣ Totalizer 1 to 3

→  116‣ Display→  118‣ Heartbeat setup

10.6.1‣ Configuration backup display→  120‣ Administration→  173

Setting the medium properties

In the Medium properties submenu the reference values for the measuring application
can be set.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Medium properties‣ Medium properties
Enthalpy type
Calorific value type
Reference combustion temperature
Reference density
Reference gross calorific value
Reference pressure
Reference temperature
Reference Z-factor
Linear expansion coefficient
Relative density
Specific heat capacity
Calorific value
Z-factor
Dynamic viscosity

Endress+Hauser

87Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Dynamic viscosity‣ Gas composition
Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Enthalpy typeThe following conditions aremet:• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Userspecific gas option is
selected.
Or• In the Select liquid typeparameter, the Userspecific liquid option is
selected.

Define which kind of enthalpy
is used.

• Heat• Calorific value

Heat

Calorific value type

The Calorific value typeparameter is visible.

Select calculation based ongross calorific value or net
calorific value.

• Gross calorificvalue volume• Net calorific value
volume• Gross calorificvalue mass
• Net calorific value
mass

Gross calorific value
mass

Reference combustion temperature

The Reference combustion
temperature parameter isvisible.

Enter reference combustion
temperature to calculate thenatural gas energy value.

–200 to 450 °C

20 °C

Dependency
The unit is taken from theTemperature unit parameter
Reference density

Reference gross calorific value

88

The following conditions aremet:• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Userspecific gas option is
selected.
Or• In the Select liquid typeparameter, the Water
option or User-specificliquid option is selected.

Enter fixed value for reference
density.

The following conditions aremet:• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122133 option is selected.

Enter reference gross calorificvalue of the natural gas.

0.01 to 15 000 kg/m³ 1 000 kg/m³

Dependency
The unit is taken from theDensity unit parameter

Positive floatingpoint number

50 000 kJ/Nm³

Dependency
The unit is taken from the
Calorific value unit parameter

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

The following conditions aremet:• Order code for "Sensor
version", option "Mass flow
(integrated temperature
measurement)"• The Gas option is selected in
the Select medium
parameter.

Enter reference pressure forthe calulation of the reference
density.

The following conditions aremet:• The Gas option is selected in
the Select medium
parameter.
Or• The Liquid option is
selected in the Selectmedium parameter.

Enter reference temperature
for calculating the reference
density.

Reference Z-factor

In the Select gas typeparameter, the User-specificgas option is selected.

Linear expansion coefficient

The following conditions aremet:• The Liquid option is
selected in the Selectmedium parameter.
• The User-specific liquid
option is selected in the
Select liquid typeparameter.

Relative density

The following conditions areEnter a relative density of themet:natural gas.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122133 option is selected.

Specific heat capacity

The following conditions aremet:• Selected medium:– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Userspecific gas option is
selected.
Or– In the Select liquid typeparameter, the Userspecific liquid option is
selected.
• In the Enthalpy typeparameter, the Heat option
is selected.

Reference pressure

Reference temperature

Endress+Hauser

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

0 to 250 bar

1.01325 bar–200 to 450 °C

20 °C

Enter real gas constant Z forgas under reference
conditions.

0.1 to 2

1

Enter linear, medium-specificexpansion coefficient forcalculating the reference
density.

1.0-6 to 2.0-3

2.06-40.55 to 0.9

0.664

Dependency
The unit is taken from thePressure unit parameter

Dependency
The unit is taken from theTemperature unit parameterEnter the specific heat capacity 0 to 50 kJ/(kgK)of the medium.

4.187 kJ/(kgK)

Dependency
The unit is taken from theSpecific heat capacity unit
parameter

89

Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Prerequisite

Description

Calorific value

The following conditions aremet:• Selected medium:– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Userspecific gas option is
selected.
Or– In the Select liquid typeparameter, the Userspecific liquid option is
selected.
• In the Enthalpy typeparameter, the Calorificvalue option is selected.
• In the Calorific value typeparameter, the Grosscalorific value volume
option or Gross calorificvalue mass option is
selected.

Enter gross calorific value tocalculate the energy flow.

Positive floatingpoint number

50 000 kJ/kg

Z-factor

In the Select gas typeparameter, the User-specificgas option is selected.

Enter real gas constant Z forgas under operation
conditions.

0.1 to 2.0

1

Dynamic viscosity (Gases)

The following conditions aremet:• Order code for "Sensor
version", option "Volume
flow"• The Gas option or the
Steam option is selected in
the Select medium
parameter.
Or• The User-specific gas
option is selected in the
Select gas type parameter.

Enter fixed value for dynamic
viscosity for a gas/steam.

Positive floatingpoint number

0.015 cPThe following conditions aremet:• Order code for "Sensor
version", option "Volume
flow"• The Liquid option is
selected in the Selectmedium parameterparameter.
Or• The User-specific liquid
option is selected in the
Select liquid typeparameter.

Enter fixed value for dynamic
viscosity for a liquid.

Positive floatingpoint number

1 cP

Dynamic viscosity (Liquids)

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Dependency
The unit is taken from the
Dynamic viscosity unit
parameter.

Dependency
The unit is taken from the
Dynamic viscosity unit
parameter.

Configuring the gas composition
In the Gas composition submenu the gas composition for the measuring application canbe set.

90

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Medium properties → Gas composition‣ Gas composition
Gas type
Gas mixture
Mol% Ar
Mol% C2H3Cl
Mol% C2H4
Mol% C2H6
Mol% C3H8
Mol% CH4
Mol% Cl2
Mol% CO
Mol% CO2
Mol% H2
Mol% H2O
Mol% H2S
Mol% HCl
Mol% He
Mol% i-C4H10
Mol% i-C5H12
Mol% Kr
Mol% N2
Mol% n-C10H22
Mol% n-C4H10

Endress+Hauser

91Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Mol% n-C5H12
Mol% n-C6H14
Mol% n-C7H16
Mol% n-C8H18
Mol% n-C9H20
Mol% Ne
Mol% NH3
Mol% O2
Mol% SO2
Mol% Xe
Mol% other gas
Relative humidity

92

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Gas type

The following conditions are
Select measured gas type.
met:• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Single gas
option is selected.

• Hydrogen H2• Helium He• Neon Ne• Argon Ar• Krypton Kr• Xenon Xe• Nitrogen N2• Oxygen O2• Chlorine Cl2• Ammonia NH3• Carbon monoxide
CO• Carbon dioxide
CO2• Sulfur dioxide SO2• Hydrogen sulfide
H2S• Hydrogen chloride
HCl• Methane CH4• Ethane C2H6
• Propane C3H8
• Butane C4H10• Ethylene C2H4
• Vinyl Chloride
C2H3ClMethane CH4

Gas mixture

The following conditions are
Select measured gas mixture.
met:• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.

• Hydrogen H2• Helium He• Neon Ne• Argon Ar• Krypton Kr• Xenon Xe• Nitrogen N2• Oxygen O2• Chlorine Cl2• Ammonia NH3• Carbon monoxide
CO• Carbon dioxide
CO2• Sulfur dioxide SO2• Hydrogen sulfide
H2S• Hydrogen chloride
HCl• Methane CH4• Ethane C2H6
• Propane C3H8
• Butane C4H10• Ethylene C2H4
• Vinyl Chloride
C2H3Cl• Others

Methane CH4

Endress+Hauser

93Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Prerequisite

Description

Mol% Ar

The following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, theArgon Ar option is selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected and in theDensity calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

Enter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% C2H3Cl

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.
• In the Gas mixture
parameter, the Vinyl
Chloride C2H3Cl option is
selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% C2H4

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.
• In the Gas mixture
parameter, the Ethylene
C2H4 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% C2H6

The following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, theEthane C2H6 option is
selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected and in theDensity calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%94Enter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Mol% C3H8

The following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, thePropane C3H8 option is
selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected and in theDensity calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

Enter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% CH4

The following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, theMethane CH4 option is
selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.

Enter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

0 to 100 %100 %Mol% Cl2

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.
• In the Gas mixture
parameter, the Chlorine Cl2
option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% COThe following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, theCarbon monoxide CO
option is selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected and in theDensity calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%Endress+HauserEnter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting95Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Prerequisite

Description

Mol% CO2

The following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, theCarbon dioxide CO2 option
is selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.

Enter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% H2

The following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, theHydrogen H2 option is
selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected and in theDensity calculation
parameter, the AGA Nx19
option is not selected.

Enter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% H2O

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% H2S

The following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, theHydrogen sulfide H2S
option is selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected and in theDensity calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%96Enter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Mol% HCl

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.
• In the Gas mixture
parameter, the Hydrogenchloride HCl option is
selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% He

The following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, theHelium He option is
selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected and in theDensity calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

Enter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% i-C4H10

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% i-C5H12

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% Kr

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.
• In the Gas mixture
parameter, the Krypton Kr
option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%Endress+Hauser

97Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Prerequisite

Description

Mol% N2

The following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, theNitrogen N2 option is
selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected and in theDensity calculation
parameter, the AGA Nx19
option or the ISO 12213- 2
option is selected.

Enter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% n-C10H22

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% n-C4H10

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas
mixture option is selected
and in the Gas mixture
parameter, the Butane
C4H10 option is selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural
gas option is selected andin the Density
calculation parameter,
the ISO 12213- 2 option
is selected.
• Or
In the Select medium
parameter, the Liquid
option is selected and in the
Select liquid typeparameter, the LPG option is
selected.

0 to 100 %0%

98

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Mol% n-C5H12

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% n-C6H14

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% n-C7H16

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% n-C8H18

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% n-C9H20

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected.
• In the Density calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%Endress+Hauser

99Commissioning

Parameter

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Mol% NeThe following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.
• In the Gas mixture
parameter, the Neon Ne
option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% NH3

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.
• In the Gas mixture
parameter, the Ammonia
NH3 option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% O2

The following conditions aremet:
In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected and in theGas mixture parameter, theOxygen O2 option is
selected.
Or– In the Select gas typeparameter, the Natural gas
option is selected and in theDensity calculation
parameter, the ISO 122132 option is selected.

Enter amount of substance forthe gas mixture.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% SO2

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.
• In the Gas mixture
parameter, the Sulfur
dioxide SO2 option is
selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Mol% XeThe following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.
• In the Gas mixture
parameter, the Xenon Xe
option is selected.

0 to 100 %

0%

100

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Mol% other gas

The following conditions areEnter amount of substance formet:
the gas mixture.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Gas mixture
option is selected.
• In the Gas mixture
parameter, the Others
option is selected.

0 to 100 %0%

Relative humidity

The following conditions areEnter humidity content of air
met:
in %.
• In the Select medium
parameter, the Gas option is
selected.
• In the Select gas typeparameter, the Air option is
selected.

0 to 100 %0%10.6.2

Performing external compensation

The External compensation submenu contains parameters which can be used to enter
external or fixed values. These values are used for internal calculations.
The Fixed process pressure parameter is set to the value 0 bar abs. (ex works). In
this case, the measuring device ignores the pressure read in via PROFIBUS PA. For themeasuring device to use the external (read-in) pressure, a value > 0 bar abs. must beentered in the Fixed process pressure parameter.
For a detailed description of how to calculate the mass flow and energy flow:→  185
Navigation"Expert" menu → Sensor → External compensation‣ External compensation
External value
Atmospheric pressure
Delta heat calculation
Fixed density
Fixed temperature
2nd temperature delta heat
Fixed process pressure
Steam quality
Steam quality value

Endress+Hauser

101Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
External value

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Massflow"

Assign variable from external
device to process variable.

• Off• Pressure• Relative pressure• Density• Temperature• 2nd temperaturedelta heatOff

0 to 250 bar

1.01325 bar

Selection
NOTE!
If the pressure option is
selected, the pressure is readin externally via a pressuretransmitter.
The pressure must be read inwith the Pascal unit so thatpressure compensation can beread in correctly.
▸ Select the Pa option in thePressure unit parameter.

Factory setting

detailed information
 For
on the calculation of themeasured variables withsteam: →  186
detailed information
 For
on setting the parameterin steam applications,see the Special
Documentation for the
Wet Steam Detection
and Wet Steam
Measurement→  212 application
package.
Atmospheric pressure

In the External value
parameter, the Relative
pressure option is selected.

Enter atmospheric pressure
value to be used for pressure
correction.
Dependency
The unit is taken from thePressure unit parameter

Delta heat calculation

The Delta heat calculation
parameter is visible.

Calculates the transferred heat • Offof a heat exchanger (= delta• Device on cold sideheat).
• Device on warm
side

Fixed density

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option"Volume flow"

Enter fixed value for medium
density.

–

Enter a fixed value for processtemperature.

Fixed temperature

Device on warm side

0.01 to 15 000 kg/m³ 1 000 kg/m³

Dependency
The unit is taken from theDensity unit parameter.
–200 to 450 °C

20 °C–200 to 450 °C

20 °C

Dependency
The unit is taken from theTemperature unit parameter2nd temperature delta heat

The 2nd temperature delta
heat parameter is visible.

Enter 2nd temperature value
to calculate the delta heat.
Dependency
The unit is taken from theTemperature unit parameter

102

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Parameter
Fixed process pressure

Prerequisite

Description

The following conditions aremet:• Order code for "Sensor
version", option "Mass flow
(integrated temperature
measurement)"• In the External value
parameter (→  102), thePressure option is notselected.

Enter fixed value for processpressure.

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

0 to 250 bar abs.

0 bar abs.

• Fixed value• Calculated value

Fixed value

0 to 100 %100 %Dependency
The unit is taken from thePressure unit parameterdetailed information
 For
on the calculation of themeasured variables withsteam: →  186
detailed information
 For
on setting the parameterin steam applications,see the Special
Documentation for the
Wet Steam Detection
and Wet Steam
Measurement→  212 application
package.

Steam quality

The following conditions aremet:• Order code for "Application
package":– Option ES "Wet steam
detection"– Option EU "Wet steam
measurement"• In the Select medium
parameter, the Steam
option is selected.
software options
 The
currently enabled are

Select compensation mode forsteam quality.
detailed information
 For
on setting the parameterin steam applications,see the Special
Documentation for the
Wet Steam Detection
and Wet Steam
Measurement→  212 application
package.

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Steam quality value

The following conditions aremet:• In the Select medium
parameter, the Steam
option is selected.
• In the Steam quality
parameter, the Fixed value
option is selected.

10.6.3Enter fixed value for steam
quality.
detailed information
 For
on setting the parameterin steam applications,see the Special
Documentation for the
Wet Steam Detection
and Wet Steam
Measurement→  212 application
package.

Carrying out a sensor adjustment

The Sensor adjustment submenu contains parameters that pertain to the functionality ofthe sensor.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Sensor adjustment‣ Sensor adjustment
Inlet configuration

Endress+Hauser

103Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Inlet runMating pipe diameter
Installation factor

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Inlet configuration

The inlet run correction
Select inlet configuration.
feature:• Is a standard feature andcan only be used in Prowirl F
200.
• Can be used for thefollowing pressure ratingsand nominal diameters:
DN 15 to 150 (1 to 6")– EN (DIN)– ASME B16.5, Sch. 40/80• Off• Single elbow• Double elbow• Double elbow 3D• Reduction

Off

Inlet run

The inlet run correction
feature:• Is a standard feature andcan only be used in Prowirl F
200.
• Can be used for thefollowing pressure ratingsand nominal diameters:
DN 15 to 150 (1 to 6")– EN (DIN)– ASME B16.5, Sch. 40/80

Define length of the straight
inlet run.

0 to 20 m

0m–

Enter diameter of mating pipe
to enable diameter mismatchcorrection.

Mating pipe diameter

Dependency
The unit is taken from theLength unit parameter

Detailed information on
diameter mismatch correction:→  197
Dependency
The unit is taken from theLength unit parameter.
Installation factor–

10.6.4Enter factor to adjust for
installation conditions.

0 to 1 m (0 to 3 ft)
Country-specific:
Input value = 0:
• 0m
Diameter mismatch• 0 ftcorrection is disabled.

Positive floatingpoint number

1.0

Configuring the pulse/frequency/switch output

The Pulse/frequency/switch output wizard guides you systematically through all theparameters that can be set for configuring the selected output type.

104

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Configuring the pulse output
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Pulse/frequency/switch output
Structure of the wizard for the pulse output

Operating mode

Pulse
Assign pulse
outputCorrected
volume flow

Off

Mass flow

Volume flow

Corrected
volume unit
Volume unit

Heat flow
difference

Total mass flow

Energy flow

Energy unit

Mass unit

Energy unit

Value per pulse

Pulse width

Failure mode

Invert output signal

End of wizard

Operating mode
A0020792-EN

 26

Endress+Hauser"Pulse/frequency/switch output" wizard in the "Advanced setup" submenu: "Operating mode"parameter"Pulse" option

105

Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Operating mode–

Define the output as a pulse,
frequency or switch output.

• Pulse• Frequency• Switch

Pulse

Assign pulse output

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter.

Select process variable forpulse output.

• Off• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Mass flow
• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow
difference *Volume flow

Mass unit–

Select mass unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• kg
• lb

Volume unit–

Select volume unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• m³
• ft³

Corrected volume unit–

Select corrected volume unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• Nm³• Sft³

Energy unit

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Massflow"

Select energy unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• kWh
• Btu

Value per pulse

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter, and one of thefollowing options is selected in
the Assign pulse output
parameter (→  106):• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Enter measured value at which Positive floatinga pulse is output.
point number

Depends on country
and nominal
diameter

Pulse width

In the Operating modeparameter, the Pulse option is
selected and one of thefollowing options is selected in
the Assign pulse output
parameter (→  106):• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Define time width of theoutput pulse.

100 ms106

5 to 2 000 ms

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Failure mode

In the Operating modeparameter, the Pulse option is
selected and one of thefollowing options is selected in
the Assign pulse output
parameter (→  106):• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual value• No pulses

No pulses

Invert output signal–

Invert the output signal.

• No
• Yes

No

*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

107Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Configuring the frequency output
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Pulse/frequency/switch output
Structure of the wizard for the frequency output

Operating mode

Frequency

Assign frequency
outputMass flow

Volume flow

Off

Corrected
volume flow

Volume flow unit

Temperature

Flow velocity

Mass flow unit

Corrected volume
flow unit

Calculated saturat.
steam pressure

Total massflow

Temperature unit

Velocity unit

Energy flow

Steam quality

Pressure unit

Heat flow
difference

Energy flow unit

Mass flow unit

Energy flow unit

Minimum frequency value
Maximum frequency value
Measuring value at minimum frequency
Measuring value at maximum frequency

Failure mode

Actual value

Defined value

0 Hz

Failurefrequency
Invert output signal

End of wizard

Operating mode
A0020789-EN

 27

108

"Pulse/frequency/switch output" wizard in the "Advanced setup" submenu: "Operating mode"parameter"Frequency" option

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Operating mode–

Define the output as a pulse,
frequency or switch output.

• Pulse• Frequency• Switch

Pulse

Assign frequency output

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  106).

Select process variable forfrequency output.

• Off• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated
saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow
difference *Off

Mass flow unit–

Select mass flow unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kg/h• lb/minUnit choose list

Country-specific:• m³/h• ft³/min

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• Nm³/h• Sft³/h

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kW• Btu/hUnit choose list

Country-specific:
• bar
• psi

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• m/s• ft/s

EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Low flow cut off• Simulation process variable
Volume flow unit–

Select volume flow unit.
EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Low flow cut off• Simulation process variable

Corrected volume flow unit–

Select corrected volume flow
unit.
EffectThe selected unit applies for:
Corrected volume flow

Energy flow unit

Pressure unit

Velocity unit

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Massflow"

Select energy flow unit.

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Massflow"

Select process pressure unit.

–

ResultThe selected unit applies for:• Outputs• Low flow cut off

EffectThe unit is taken from the:• Calculated saturated steampressure• Atmospheric pressure• Maximum value• Fixed process pressure• Pressure• Reference pressure
Select velocity unit.
ResultThe selected unit applies for:• Flow velocity• Maximum value

Endress+Hauser

109

Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter
Temperature unit

Prerequisite–

Description
Select temperature unit.

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• °C
• °F

EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Temperature• Maximum value• Minimum value• Average value• Maximum value• Minimum value• Maximum value• Minimum value• 2nd temperature delta heat
• Fixed temperature• Reference combustion
temperature• Reference temperature• Saturation temperature
Minimum frequency value

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter, and one of
the following options isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  109):• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Enter minimum frequency.

0 to 1 000 Hz

0 Hz

Maximum frequency value

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter, and one of
the following options isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  109):• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Enter maximum frequency.

0 to 1 000 Hz

1 000 Hz110

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Measuring value at minimum
frequency

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter, and one of
the following options isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  109):• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Enter measured value forminmum frequency.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Measuring value at maximum
frequency

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter, and one of
the following options isselected in the Assign
frequency output parameter(→  109):• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Enter measured value for
maximum frequency.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Failure mode

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  106),and one of the following
options is selected in the
Assign frequency output
parameter (→  109):• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual value• Defined value• 0 Hz0 Hz

Endress+Hauser

111Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Failure frequency

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter (→  106),and one of the following
options is selected in the
Assign frequency output
parameter (→  109):• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Enter frequency output value
in alarm condition.

0.0 to 1 250.0 Hz

0.0 HzInvert output signal–

Invert the output signal.

• No
• Yes

No

*

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Configuring the switch output
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Pulse/frequency/switch output
Structure of the wizard for the switch output
Operatingmode
SwitchSwitchout funct
Off

Diag.
behavior

On

Assigndiag. beh

Alarm

Alarm orwarning

Warning

Invert outp.sig.

End of wizard

A0017439-EN

 28

112

"Pulse/frequency/switch output" wizard in the "Advanced setup" submenu: "Operating mode"parameter"Switch" option (part 1)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Operating mode

SwitchSwitch output
function

Volumeflow

Limit

StatusAssign limit

Assign status

Mass flow

Corrected
vol. flow
Volumeflow unitFlowvelocity

Mass flow
unit

Corr. vol.
flow unit

Temp.

Steam
qualityCalc. sat.
steam press.

Total mass
flow

Temp.
unit

Velocity
unit

Energyflow

Reynolds
numberHeat flow
difference

Mass flow
unit

Totalizer
1/2/3

Energyflow unit

Energyflow unit

Pressureunit

Low flow cut
off

Energyflow unit

Unit
totalizer

Switch-on value
Switch-off value
Switch-on delay
Switch-off delay
Failure mode
Inverted output signal

Ende of wizard

Operating mode
A0020794-EN

 29"Pulse/frequency/switch output" wizard in the "Advanced setup" submenu: "Operating mode"parameter"Switch" option (part 2)

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Operating mode–

Define the output as a pulse,
frequency or switch output.

• Pulse• Frequency• Switch

Pulse

Switch output function

The Switch option is selectedin the Operating modeparameter.

Select function for switch
output.

• Off• On• Diagnostic
behavior• Limit• Status

Off

Endress+Hauser

113

Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Assign diagnostic behavior• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Diagnostic behavior
option is selected in the
Switch output function
parameter.

Select diagnostic behavior forswitch output.

• Alarm• Alarm or warning• Warning

Assign limit• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Select process variable for limit • Volume flow
function.
• Corrected volume
flow• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated
saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow
difference *• Reynolds number *• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3

Volume flow

Assign flow direction check• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Flow direction check
option is selected in the
Switch output function
parameter.

Select process variable for flow
direction monitoring.

• Off• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume
flow

Volume flow

Assign status• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Status option is
selected in the Switch
output function parameter.

Select device status for switch
output.

• Low flow cut off• Digital output 2

Low flow cut off

Mass flow unit–

Select mass flow unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kg/h• lb/minUnit choose list

Country-specific:• m³/h• ft³/min

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• Nm³/h• Sft³/h

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• kW• Btu/hEffectThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Low flow cut off• Simulation process variable
Volume flow unit–

Select volume flow unit.
EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Output• Low flow cut off• Simulation process variable

Corrected volume flow unit–

Select corrected volume flow
unit.
EffectFactory setting
Alarm

The selected unit applies for:
Corrected volume flow
Energy flow unit

114

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Massflow"

Select energy flow unit.
ResultThe selected unit applies for:• Outputs• Low flow cut off

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter
Pressure unit

Velocity unit

Commissioning

Prerequisite

Description

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Massflow"

Select process pressure unit.

–

Selection / User
entry
Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• bar
• psi

Unit choose list

Country-specific:• m/s• ft/s

EffectThe unit is taken from the:• Calculated saturated steampressure• Atmospheric pressure• Maximum value• Fixed process pressure• Pressure• Reference pressure
Select velocity unit.

Factory setting

ResultThe selected unit applies for:• Flow velocity• Maximum value
Unit totalizer

One of the following options isselected in the Assign process
variable parameter of the
Totalizer 1 to 3 submenu:• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Select process variable totalizer Unit choose list
unit.

Country-specific:
• m³
• ft³

Temperature unit–

Select temperature unit.

Unit choose list

Country-specific:
• °C
• °F

EffectThe selected unit applies for:• Temperature• Maximum value• Minimum value• Average value• Maximum value• Minimum value• Maximum value• Minimum value• 2nd temperature delta heat
• Fixed temperature• Reference combustion
temperature• Reference temperature• Saturation temperature
Switch-on value• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Enter measured value for theswitch-on point.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 m³/h• 0 ft³/h

Switch-off value• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Enter measured value for theswitch-off point.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 m³/h• 0 ft³/h

Switch-on delay• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Define delay for the switch-onof status output.

0.0 to 100.0 s

0.0 s

Endress+Hauser

115

Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Switch-off delay• The Switch option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.
• The Limit option is selectedin the Switch output
function parameter.

Define delay for the switch-offof status output.

0.0 to 100.0 s

0.0 s

Failure mode–

Define output behavior inalarm condition.

• Actual status• Open• Closed

Open

Invert output signal–

Invert the output signal.

• No
• Yes

No

*

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.6.5

Configuring the totalizer

In the "Totalizer 1 to 3" submenu the individual totalizer can be configured.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Totalizer 1 to 3

‣ Totalizer 1 to 3
Assign process variable
Unit totalizer
Control Totalizer 1 to 3
Totalizer operation mode
Failure mode

116

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Factory setting• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass
flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow
difference *• Totalizer 1:
Volume flow
• Totalizer 2: Massflow
• Totalizer 3:
Corrected volume
flow

Assign process variable–

Unit totalizer

In the Assign process variable Select the unit for the processparameter, one of thevariable of the totalizer.
following options is selected:• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Unit choose listm³

Control Totalizer 1 to 3

In the Assign process variable Control totalizer value.
parameter, one of thefollowing options is selected:• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *• Totalize• Reset + hold
• Preset + holdTotalize

Totalizer operation mode

In the Assign process variable Select totalizer calculation
parameter, one of themode.
following options is selected:• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *• Net flow total• Forward flow total• Reverse flow total• Last valid value

Net flow total

Failure mode

In the Assign process variable Define the totalizer behavior in • Stop
parameter, one of thethe event of a device alarm.
• Actual value
following options is selected:• Last valid value• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference **Select process variable fortotalizer.

Selection

Actual value

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

Endress+Hauser

117Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

10.6.6

Carrying out additional display configurations

In the Display submenu you can set all the parameters associated with the configurationof the local display.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Display‣ Display
Format display
Value 1 display
0% bargraph value 1
100% bargraph value 1
Decimal places 1
Value 2 display
Decimal places 2
Value 3 display
0% bargraph value 3
100% bargraph value 3
Decimal places 3
Value 4 display
Decimal places 4
Language
Display interval
Display damping
HeaderHeader text
Separator
Backlight

118

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Format display

A local display is provided.

Select how measured values
are shown on the display.

• 1 value, max. size
• 1 bargraph + 1value• 2 values• 1 value large + 2
values• 4 values

1 value, max. size

Value 1 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated
saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass
flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow
difference *• Reynolds number *• Density *• Pressure *• Specific volume *• Degrees ofsuperheat *• Totalizer 1• Totalizer 2• Totalizer 3

Volume flow

0% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 m³/h• 0 ft³/h

100% bargraph value 1

A local display is provided.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
numberDepends on country
and nominal
diameter

Decimal places 1

A measured value is specified
in the Value 1 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx

x.xx

Value 2 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

Picklist, see Value 1
display parameter

None

Decimal places 2

A measured value is specified
in the Value 2 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx

x.xx

Value 3 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

Picklist, see Value 1
display parameterNone

0% bargraph value 3

A selection has been made in
the Value 3 display
parameter.

Enter 0% value for bar graphdisplay.

Signed floating-point
numberCountry-specific:• 0 m³/h• 0 ft³/h

100% bargraph value 3

An option has been selected inthe Value 3 display
parameter.

Enter 100% value for bar
graph display.

Signed floating-point
number0

Endress+Hauser

119Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Decimal places 3

A measured value is specified
in the Value 3 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx

x.xx

Value 4 display

A local display is provided.

Select the measured value thatis shown on the local display.

Picklist, see Value 1
display parameter

None

Decimal places 4

A measured value is specified
in the Value 4 display
parameter.

Select the number of decimal
places for the display value.

• x
• x.x
• x.xx• x.xxx• x.xxxx

x.xx

Language

A local display is provided.

Set display language.

• English• Deutsch *• Français *• Español *• Italiano *• Nederlands *• Portuguesa *• Polski *• русский язык(Russian) *• Svenska *• Türkçe *• 中文 (Chinese) *• 日本語(Japanese) *• 한국어 (Korean) *• Bahasa Indonesia *• tiếng Việt(Vietnamese) *• čeština (Czech) *English(alternatively, theordered language ispreset in the device)

Display interval

A local display is provided.

Set time measured values areshown on display if display
alternates between values.

1 to 10 s

5s

Display damping

A local display is provided.

Set display reaction time tofluctuations in the measured
value.

0.0 to 999.9 s

5.0 s

Header

A local display is provided.

Select header contents on local • Device tag
display.
• Free text

Device tag

Header text

The Free text option is
selected in the Header
parameter.

Enter display header text.

Max. 12 characterssuch as letters,
numbers or special
characters (e.g. @,%, /)------------

Separator

A local display is provided.

Select decimal separator for
displaying numerical values.

• . (point)• , (comma). (point)

Backlight–

Switch the local display
backlight on and off.

• Disable• Enable

Disablefor device version
 Onlywith local display SD03
(touch control)*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.7

Configuration management

After commissioning, you can save the current device configuration, copy it to anothermeasuring point or restore the previous device configuration.

120

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

You can do so using the Configuration management parameter and the related options
found in the Configuration backup display submenu.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Configuration backup display‣ Configuration backup display
Operating time
Last backup
Configuration management
Comparison result

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface /Selection

Factory setting

Operating time–

Indicates how long the device
has been in operation.

Days (d), hours (h),minutes (m) andseconds (s)–Last backup

A local display is provided.

Indicates when the last data
backup was saved to thedisplay module.

Days (d), hours (h),minutes (m) andseconds (s)–Configuration management

A local display is provided.

Select action for managing thedevice data in the display
module.

• Cancel• Execute backup• Restore• Duplicate• Compare• Clear backup data

CancelComparison result

A local display is provided.

Comparison between present
device data and display
backup.

• Settings identical• Settings not
identical• No backup
available• Backup settings
corrupt• Check not done
• Datasetincompatible

Check not done

10.7.1

Endress+Hauser

Function scope of the "Configuration management" parameter

Options

Description

Execute backup

The current device configuration is backed up from the integrated HistoROM to thedevice's display module. The backup copy includes the transmitter data of thedevice.

RestoreThe last backup copy of the device configuration is restored from the display
module to the device's integrated HistoROM. The backup copy includes thetransmitter data of the device.

Duplicate

The transmitter configuration from another device is duplicated to the device using
the display module.

121

Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Options

Description

CompareThe device configuration saved in the display module is compared with the current
device configuration of the integrated HistoROM.

Clear backup data

The backup copy of the device configuration is deleted from the display module ofthe device.

Integrated HistoROM
A HistoROM is a "non-volatile" device memory in the form of an EEPROM.
While this action is in progress, the configuration cannot be edited via the local
display and a message on the processing status appears on the display.

10.8

Simulation

The Simulation submenu enables you to simulate, without a real flow situation, various
process variables in the process and the device alarm mode and to verify downstream
signal chains (switching valves or closed-control loops).
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Simulation‣ Simulation
Assign simulation process variable
Value process variable
Frequency simulation
Frequency value
Pulse simulation
Pulse value
Switch output simulation
Switch status
Simulation device alarm
Diagnostic event category
Simulation diagnostic event

122

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Assign simulation process variable–

Select a process variable forthe simulation process that is
activated.

• Off• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated
saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass
flow *• Energy flow
• Heat flow
difference *• Reynolds number

Off

Value process variable

One of the following options isselected in the Assign
simulation process variable
parameter (→  123):• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature *• Calculated saturated steampressure *• Steam quality *• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *• Reynolds number *Enter the simulation value forthe selected process variable.

Depends on theprocess variableselected0

Frequency simulation

The Frequency option is
selected in the Operating
mode parameter.

Switch the simulation of thefrequency output on and off.

• Off
• On

Off

Frequency value

The On option is selected in
the Frequency simulation
parameter.

Enter the frequency value forthe simulation.

0.0 to 1 250.0 Hz

0.0 HzPulse simulation

The Pulse option is selected in
the Operating modeparameter.

Set and switch off the pulse
output simulation.

• Off• Fixed value• Down-counting
value

Off

For Fixed value option:
 Pulsewidth parameter(→  106) defines thepulse width of the pulses
output.

Pulse value

In the Pulse simulation
parameter (→  123), theDown-counting value option
is selected.

Enter the number of pulses for
simulation.

0 to 65 535

0

Switch output simulation

The Switch option is selectedin the Operating modeparameter.

Switch the simulation of theswitch output on and off.

• Off
• On

Off

Switch status

The On option is selected in
the Switch output simulation
parameter (→  123).

Select the status of the status
output for the simulation.

• Open• ClosedOpen

Simulation device alarm–

Switch the device alarm on and • Off
off.
• On

Endress+Hauser

Off

123

Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Factory setting

Diagnostic event category–

Select a diagnostic event
category.

• Sensor• Electronics• Configuration• ProcessProcess

Simulation diagnostic event–

Select a diagnostic event forthe simulation process that is
activated.

• Off• Diagnostic event
picklist (depends
on the category
selected)

Off*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

10.9

Protecting settings from unauthorized access

The following options exist for protecting the configuration of the measuring device fromunintentional modification after commissioning:• Write protection via access code
• Write protection via write protection switch• Write protection via keypad lock →  58

10.9.1

Write protection via access code

With the customer-specific access code, the parameters for the measuring device
configuration are write-protected and their values can no longer be changed via local
operation.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Administration → Define access code

‣ Define access code
Define access code
Confirm access code

Defining the access code via local display
1.

Navigate to the Enter access code parameter.

2.

Define a max. 4-digit numeric code as an access code.

3.

Enter the access code again to confirm the code.
 The -symbol appears in front of all write-protected parameters.

The device automatically locks the write-protected parameters again if a key is not pressedfor 10 minutes in the navigation and editing view. The device locks the write-protectedparameters automatically after 60 s if the user skips back to the operational display mode
from the navigation and editing view.
• If write access is activated via access code, it can be also be deactivated only via theaccess code →  58.
• The user role with which the user is currently logged on via the local display→  58 is indicated by the Access status display parameter. Navigation path:"Operation" menu → Access status display

124

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Commissioning

Parameters which can always be modified via the local display
Certain parameters that do not affect the measurement are excepted from write protection
via the local display. Despite the defined access code, these parameters can always be
modified even if the other parameters are locked.

Language

Parameters for configuring
the local display

Parameters for configuring
the totalizer↓↓

Format display

Control Totalizer

Contrast display

Preset value

Display interval

10.9.2

Write protection via write protection switch

Unlike write protection via a user-specific access code, this allows write access to the entire
operating menu - other than the "Contrast display" parameter - to be locked.
The parameter values are now read only and cannot be edited any more (exception"Contrast display" parameter):• Via local display• Via PROFIBUS PA protocol

OFF

CDI

WP

ON

XXXXXXXXXXXXX

–
+
E

3 mm
A0025794

Endress+Hauser

1.

Loosen the securing clamp.

2.

Unscrew the electronics compartment cover.

125

Commissioning

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

3.

Pull out the display module with a gentle rotational movement. To make it easier toaccess the write protection switch, attach the display module to the edge of theelectronics compartment.
 Display module is attached to the edge of the electronics compartment.

4.

Setting the write protection switch (WP) on the main electronics module to the ON
position enables hardware write protection. Setting the write protection switch (WP)on the main electronics module to the OFF position (factory setting) disables
hardware write protection.
 If hardware write protection is enabled, the Locking status parameter displays
the Hardware locked option . In addition, on the local display the -symbol
appears in front of the parameters in the header of the operational display and in
the navigation view.

A0013909

XXXXXXXXX

20.50
XX

XX
A0015870

If hardware write protection is disabled, no option is displayed in the Locking
status parameter . On the local display, the -symbol disappears from in frontof the parameters in the header of the operational display and in the navigation
view.

126

5.

Feed the cable into the gap between the housing and main electronics module andplug the display module into the electronics compartment in the desired direction
until it engages.

6.

Reverse the removal procedure to reassemble the transmitter.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Operation

11

Operation

11.1

Reading the device locking status

Device active write protection: Locking status parameter
Navigation"Operation" menu → Locking status
Function scope of the "Locking status" parameter
Options

Description

None

The access status displayed in "Access status display" parameter applies →  58.
Only appears on local display.

Hardware locked

The DIP switch for hardware locking is activated on the main electronics module.
This prevents write access to the parameters .

Temporarily locked

Write access to the parameters is temporarily lock due to device-internal
processing (e.g. data upload/download, reset). Once the internal processing has
been completed, the parameters can be changed once again.

11.2

Adjusting the operating language

Information →  72
For information on the operating languages supported by the measuring device→  209

11.3

Configuring the display• Basic settings for the local display →  82
• Advanced settings for the local display →  118

11.4

Reading measured values

With the Measured values submenu, it is possible to read all the measured values.

11.4.1

Process variables

The Process variables submenu contains all the parameters needed to display the current
measured values for every process variable.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Process variables‣ Process variables
Volume flow
Corrected volume flow
Mass flow

Endress+Hauser

127

Operation

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Flow velocity
Temperature
Calculated saturated steam pressure
Steam quality
Total mass flow
Condensate mass flow
Energy flow
Heat flow difference
Reynolds number
Density
Specific volume
Pressure
Compressibility factor
Degrees of superheat

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Volume flow

Prerequisite–

Description
Displays the volume flow currently
measured.

User interface
Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Volume flow
unit parameter
Corrected volume flow–

Displays the corrected volume flow
currently calculated.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from: Correctedvolume flow unit parameter
Mass flow–

Displays the mass flow currently
calculated.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Mass flow
unit parameter
Flow velocity–

Displays the flow velocity currently
calculated.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Velocity
unit parameter

128

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter
Temperature

Operation

Prerequisite–

Description
Displays the temperature currently
measured.

User interface
Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from theTemperature unit parameter
Calculated saturated steam pressure The following conditions are met:
• Order code for "Sensor version",
option "Mass flow"• The Steam option is selected in the
Select medium parameter.

Displays the saturated steam pressure
currently calculated.

Steam quality

The following conditions are met:
• Order code for "Sensor version",
option "Mass flow"• The Steam option is selected in the
Select medium parameter.

Displays the current steam quality.
Depends on the compensation mode of
the steam quality (Steam quality
parameter (7605)).

Signed floating-point
numberTotal mass flow

The following conditions are met:
• Order code for "Application package",
option EU "Wet steam measurement"• The Steam option is selected in the
Select medium parameter.

Displays the total mass flow currently
calculated (steam and condensate).

Signed floating-point
number

The following conditions are met:
• Order code for "Application package",
option EU "Wet steam measurement"• The Steam option is selected in the
Select medium parameter.

Displays the condensate mass flow
currently calculated.

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Mass flow"

Displays the energy flow currently
calculated.

Condensate mass flow

Energy flow

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Pressure
unit parameter

Dependency
The unit is taken from the Mass flow
unit parameter
Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Mass flow
unit parameter
Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Energy flow
unit parameter
Heat flow difference

The following conditions are met:
Order code for "Sensor version", option"Mass flow"
In the Select gas type parameter, oneof the following options is selected:• Single gas• Gas mixture• Natural gas• User-specific gas

Displays the heat flow difference
currently calculated.

Signed floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Energy flow
unit parameter

Reynolds number

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Mass flow"

Displays the Reynolds number currently Signed floating-point
calculated.
numberDensity

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Mass flow"

Displays the density currently
measured.

Positive floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Density unit
parameter
Specific volume

For the following order code:"Sensor version", option "Mass flow"

Displays the current value for the
specific volume.

Positive floating-point
numberDependency
The unit is taken from the Specificvolume unit parameter
Pressure

Endress+Hauser

For the following order code:• "Sensor version", option "Mass flow"• In the External value parameter, thePressure option is selected.

Displays the current process pressure.

0 to 250 bar

Dependency
The unit is taken from the Pressure
unit parameter

129

Operation

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter
Compressibility factor

Prerequisite

Description

The following conditions are met:
Order code for "Sensor version", option"Mass flow"

User interface

Displays the compressibility factor
currently calculated.

0 to 2

Displays the degree of superheating
currently calculated.

0 to 500 K

In the Select medium parameter, theGas option or Steam option is selected.
Degrees of superheat

In the Select medium parameter, theSteam option is selected.

11.4.2

Totalizer

The Totalizer submenu contains all the parameters needed to display the current
measured values for every totalizer.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Totalizer 1 to 3

‣ Totalizer 1 to 3
Assign process variable
Totalizer value 1 to 3
Totalizer status 1 to 3
Totalizer status (Hex) 1 to 3

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Assign process variable–

Totalizer value 1 to 3

In the Assign process variable Displays the current totalizer
parameter one of the following counter value.
options is selected:• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Total mass flow
• Condensate mass flow
• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference

130

Select process variable fortotalizer.

Selection / User
entry / Userinterface

Factory setting• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass
flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow
difference *• Totalizer 1:
Volume flow
• Totalizer 2: Massflow
• Totalizer 3:
Corrected volume
flow

Signed floating-point
number0 m³

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter

Operation

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry / Userinterface

Factory setting

Totalizer status 1 to 3–

Displays the current totalizer
status.

• Good• Uncertain
• Bad

–

Totalizer status (Hex) 1 to 3

In Target mode parameter,
the Auto option is selected.

Displays the current statusvalue (hex) of the totalizer.

0 to 0xFF–*

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

11.4.3

Output values

The Output values submenu contains all the parameters needed to display the current
measured values for every output.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Measured values → Output values‣ Output values
Terminal voltage 1
Pulse output
Output frequency
Switch status

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface

Terminal voltage 1–

Displays the current terminal voltagethat is applied at the current output.

0.0 to 50.0 V

Pulse output

The Pulse option is selected in the
Operating mode parameter.

Displays the pulse frequency currently
output.

Positive floating-point
numberOutput frequency

In the Operating mode parameter, theFrequency option is selected.

Displays the value currently measured
for the frequency output.

0 to 1 250 Hz

Switch status

In the Operating mode parameter, theSwitch option is selected.

Displays the current switch output
status.

• Open• Closed

11.5

Adapting the measuring device to the process
conditions

The following are available for this purpose:• Basic settings using the Setup menu→  74
• Advanced settings using the Advanced setup submenu→  86

11.6

Performing a totalizer reset

In the Operation submenu the totalizers are reset:
Control Totalizer
Endress+Hauser

131

Operation

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Function scope of the "Control Totalizer " parameter
Options

Description

Totalize

The totalizer is started.

Reset + hold

The totaling process is stopped and the totalizer is reset to 0.

Preset + hold

The totaling process is stopped and the totalizer is set to its defined start value
from the Preset value 1 to 3 parameter.

Stop totalizing option

Totalizing is stopped.

Navigation"Operation" menu → Operation‣ Totalizer handlingControl Totalizer 1 to 3
Preset value 1 to 3

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

Selection / User
entry

Control Totalizer

In the Assign process variable Control totalizer value.
parameter, one of thefollowing options is selected:• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Total mass flow *• Condensate mass flow *• Energy flow *• Heat flow difference *Preset value

In the Assign process variable Specify start value for totalizer. Signed floating-point
parameter one of the following
numberoptions is selected:• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Total mass flow
• Condensate mass flow
• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference

0 m³

Reset all totalizers–

Cancel*Reset all totalizers to 0 andstart.

• Totalize• Reset + hold
• Preset + hold

Factory setting• Cancel• Reset + totalize

Totalize

Visibility depends on order options or device settings

11.7

Showing data logging

The Extended HistoROM application package must be enabled in the device (order
option) for the Data logging submenu to appear. This contains all the parameters for themeasured value history.
The measured value history is also available via the FieldCare plant asset
management tool →  61.

132

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Operation

Function scope• A total of 1000 measured values can be stored• 4 logging channels• Adjustable logging interval for data logging• Display of the measured value trend for each logging channel in the form of a chart

A0016222

 30

Chart of a measured value trend• x-axis: depending on the number of channels selected displays 250 to 1000 measured
values of a process variable.
• y-axis: displays the approximate measured value span and constantly adapts this to theongoing measurement.
If the length of the logging interval or the assignment of the process variables to thechannels is changed, the content of the data logging is deleted.
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Data logging"Data logging" submenu‣ Data logging
Assign channel 1
Assign channel 2
Assign channel 3
Assign channel 4
Logging interval
Clear logging data

‣ Display channel 1‣ Display channel 2‣ Display channel 3‣ Display channel 4

Endress+Hauser

133

Operation

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Assign channel 1 to 4

Prerequisite
The Extended HistoROM
application package isavailable.

Description• Off• Volume flow
• Corrected volume
flow• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated
saturated steampressure• Steam quality• Total mass flow
• Condensate massflow
• Energy flow
• Heat flow
difference• Reynolds number• Density• Pressure• Specific volume• Degrees ofsuperheat• Vortex frequency• Electronic
temperature

Off

Define the logging interval fordata logging. This value
defines the time interval
between the individual data
points in the memory.

1.0 to 3 600.0 s

10.0 sClear the entire logging data.

• Cancel• Clear data

Canceldisplayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

The Extended HistoROM
application package isavailable.
software options
 The
currently enabled are

Factory setting

Assign process variable tologging channel.

software options
 The
currently enabled are

Logging interval

Selection / User
entry

displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.
Clear logging data

The Extended HistoROM
application package isavailable.
software options
 The
currently enabled are
displayed in the
Software option
overview parameter.

134

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12.1

General troubleshooting

For local display
ProblemPossible causes

RemedyLocal display dark and no output
signals

Supply voltage does not match thevalue indicated on the nameplate.

Apply the correct supply voltage .

Local display dark and no output
signals

The polarity of the supply voltage is Correct the polarity.
wrong.

Local display dark and no output
signals

No contact between connecting
cables and terminals.

Check the connection of the cables
and correct if necessary.

Local display dark and no output
signals

Terminals are not plugged into the
I/O electronics module correctly.

Check terminals.

Local display dark and no output
signals

I/O electronics module is defective.

Order spare part →  178.

Local display is dark, but signal
output is within the valid range

Display is set too bright or too dark. • Set the display brighter bysimultaneously pressing  + .
• Set the display darker bysimultaneously pressing  + .

Local display is dark, but signal
output is within the valid range

The cable of the display module isnot plugged in correctly.

Insert the plug correctly into themain electronics module anddisplay module.

Local display is dark, but signal
output is within the valid range

Display module is defective.

Order spare part →  178.

Backlighting of local display is red

Diagnostic event with "Alarm"
diagnostic behavior has occurred.

Take remedial measures →  145

Text on local display appears in aforeign language and cannot be
understood.

Incorrect operating language isconfigured.

1. Press  +  for 2 s ("homeposition").
2. Press .
3. Set the desired language in the
Language parameter.

Message on local display:"Communication Error""Check Electronics"

Communication between thedisplay module and the electronics
is interrupted.

• Check the cable and theconnector between the mainelectronics module and display
module.
• Order spare part →  178.

Possible causes

RemedyFor output signals
ProblemSignal output outside the valid
range

Endress+Hauser

Main electronics module isdefective.

Order spare part →  178.

Device shows correct value on local Configuration error
display, but signal output isincorrect, though in the valid range.

Check and correct the parameter
configuration.

Device measures incorrectly.

1. Check and correct parameter
configuration.
2. Observe limit values specified inthe "Technical Data".

Configuration error or device isoperated outside the application.

135

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

For access
ProblemPossible causes

RemedyNo write access to parameters

Hardware write protection enabled

Set the write protection switch on
the main electronics module to the
OFF position .

No write access to parameters

Current user role has limited accessauthorization

1. Check user role →  58.
2. Enter correct customer-specificaccess code →  58.

No connection via service interface

Incorrect configuration of USB
interface on PC or driver not
installed correctly.

Observe the documentation for theCommubox.
Document
 FXA291:"Technical Information"
TI00405C

136

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12.2

Diagnostic information on local display

12.2.1

Diagnostic message

Faults detected by the self-monitoring system of the measuring device are displayed as adiagnostic message in alternation with the operational display.
Operational display in alarm condition

Diagnostic message

2 1

XXXXXXXXX

S

20.50

S801

3
4

Supply voltage

XX

X

S

XXXXXXXXX

i

Menu

5
A0013939-EN

1
2
3
4
5

Status signal
Diagnostic behavior
Diagnostic behavior with diagnostic code
Short text
Operating elements

If two or more diagnostic events are pending simultaneously, only the message of thediagnostic event with the highest priority is shown.
Other diagnostic events that have occurred can be called up in the Diagnostics menu:• Via parameters →  170• Via submenus →  171
Status signals
The status signals provide information on the state and reliability of the device by
categorizing the cause of the diagnostic information (diagnostic event).
The status signals are categorized according to VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR
Recommendation NE 107: F = Failure, C = Function Check, S = Out of Specification, M= Maintenance Required
SymbolMeaning
FailureA device error has occurred. The measured value is no longer valid.
A0013956

Function check
The device is in service mode (e.g. during a simulation).
A0013959

A0013958

Out of specification
The device is operated:
Outside its technical specification limits (e.g. outside the process temperature range)
Maintenance required
Maintenance is required. The measured value remains valid.

A0013957

Endress+Hauser

137

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic behavior
SymbolMeaning

A0013961

A0013962

Alarm• Measurement is interrupted.
• Signal outputs and totalizers assume the defined alarm condition.
• A diagnostic message is generated.
• For local display with touch control: the background lighting changes to red.
Warning
Measurement is resumed. The signal outputs and totalizers are not affected. A diagnostic
message is generated.

Diagnostic information
The fault can be identified using the diagnostic information. The short text helps you byproviding information about the fault. In addition, the corresponding symbol for the
diagnostic behavior is displayed in front of the diagnostic information on the local display.
Diagnostic information
Diagnostic code
Diagnostic
behavior

Status signal

Diagnostic
numberShort text

↓

↓

↓

261

Electronics
modules

ExampleA0013962

A0013956

3-digit number

Operating elements
Key

MeaningPlus key
A0013970

In a menu, submenu
Opens the message about remedy information.
Enter key

A0013952

138

In a menu, submenu
Opens the operating menu.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12.2.2

Calling up remedial measuresS

XXXXXXXXX

20.50

S801
Supply voltage
i

XX

X

S

XXXXXXXXX

1

Menu

Diagnostic list
Diagnostics 1

S

S801 Supply voltage

Diagnostics 2
Diagnostics 32
46

Supply voltage(ID:203)
S801 0d00h02m25s
Increase supply voltage

35A0013940-EN

 31
1
2
3
4
5
6

Message for remedial measures

Diagnostic information
Short text
Service ID
Diagnostic behavior with diagnostic code
Operation time of occurrence
Remedial measures

The user is in the diagnostic message.
1.

Press  ( symbol).
 The Diagnostic list submenu opens.

2.

Select the desired diagnostic event with  or  and press  .
 The message for the remedial measures for the selected diagnostic event opens.

3.

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The message for the remedial measures closes.

The user is in the Diagnostics menu at an entry for a diagnostics event, e.g. in the
Diagnostic list submenu or the Previous diagnostics parameter.
1.

Press .
 The message for the remedial measures for the selected diagnostic event opens.

2.

Press  +  simultaneously.
 The message for the remedial measures closes.

12.3

Diagnostic information in FieldCare

12.3.1

Diagnostic options

Any faults detected by the measuring device are displayed on the home page of theoperating tool once the connection has been established.

Endress+Hauser

139

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

1
Xxxxxx/…/…/
Device name: Xxxxxxx

Mass flow:

12.34

kg/h

Device tag:

Volume flow:

12.34

m³/h

Xxxxxxx

Status signal:

Function check (C)XxxxxxDiagnostics 1:

C485 Simu...

P
P

Remedy information:

Deactivate...

P

Access status tooling:

Mainenance+Operation

+

Setup

+

Diagnostics+

ExpertFailure (F)2Function check (C)Diagnostics 1:

C485 Simulation measured vari...

Remedy information:

Deactivate Simulation (Service...

3

Out of spezification (S)Maintenance required (M)A0021799-EN

1
2
3

Status area with status signal →  137
Diagnostic information →  138
Remedy information with Service ID

Furthermore, diagnostic events that have occurred can be viewed in the Diagnostics
menu:• Via parameter →  170• Via submenu →  171
Diagnostic information
The fault can be identified using the diagnostic information. The short text helps you byproviding information about the fault. In addition, the corresponding symbol for the
diagnostic behavior is displayed in front of the diagnostic information on the local display.
Diagnostic information
Diagnostic code
Diagnostic
behavior

Status signal

Diagnostic
numberShort text

↓

↓

↓

261

Electronics
modules

ExampleA0013962

A0013956

3-digit number

12.3.2

Calling up remedy information

Remedy information is provided for every diagnostic event to ensure that problems can berectified quickly:• On the home page
Remedy information is displayed in a separate field below the diagnostics information.
• In the Diagnostics menu
Remedy information can be called up in the working area of the user interface.
The user is in the Diagnostics menu.
140

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

1.

Call up the desired parameter.

2.

On the right in the working area, mouse over the parameter.
 A tool tip with remedy information for the diagnostic event appears.

12.4

Adapting the diagnostic information

12.4.1

Adapting the measured value and device status

Measured value status
Each diagnostic number is assigned a specific measured value status at the factory. The
user can change this assignment for specific diagnostic numbers via the Var. status xx
parameter.
Navigation path
"Expert" menu → System → Diagnostic handling → Condensed status →Assign behavior ofmeasured value status xx/ ../Condensed statu. 1421-1
Var. status: 44
Uncert.:Proc.(S)Dev.status: 44
Var. status: 46
A0019175-EN

Quality

Substatus

Status (hex)Event category

Event class

GOOD

None

0x80

–

–

GOOD

Maintenance required

0xA4

M

Warning

GOOD

Maintenance demanded

0xA8

M

Warning

GOOD

Function check

0xBC

–

–

BAD

Maintenance alarm

0x24

F

Alarm

BAD

Process related, no maintenance

0x28

F

Alarm

BAD

Function check

0x3C

C

Warning

UNCERTAIN

Maintenance demanded

0x68

M

Warning

UNCERTAIN

Process related, no maintenance

0x78

S

Warning

Device status
Each diagnostic number is assigned a specific device status at the factory. The user canchange this assignment for specific diagnostic numbers via the Dev. status xx parameter.
Navigation path
"Expert" menu → System → Diagnostic handling → Condensed status →Assign behavior ofdevice status xx/ ../Condensed statu. 1405-1
Var. status: 44
Dev.status: 44
Inval.proc.cond
Var. status: 46
A0019186-EN

Endress+Hauser

141

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

12.4.2

Mnemonic

Octet

Bit

Maintenance required2

5

Maintenance alarm

30Maintenance demanded

3

1

Function check3

2

Invalid process conditions3

3

Adapting the diagnostic behavior

Each item of diagnostic information is assigned a specific diagnostic behavior at thefactory. The user can change this assignment for certain diagnostic information in the
Diagnostic behavior submenu.
Diagnostic behavior in accordance with the PROFIBUS PA Profile 3.02 Specification,
Condensed Status.
"Expert" menu → System → Diagnostic handling → Diagnostic behavior/ ../Diagn. behavior
Diagnostic no.442

0658-1
WarningDiagnostic no.443

A0019179-EN

Available diagnostic behaviors
The following diagnostic behaviors can be assigned:
Diagnostic behavior

Description

Alarm

Measurement is interrupted. The totalizers assume the defined alarm
condition. A diagnostic message is generated.
For local display with touch control: the background lighting changes to red.

Warning

Measurement is resumed. Measured value output via PROFIBUS and totalizers
are not affected. A diagnostic message is generated.

Logbook entry only

The device continues to measure. The diagnostic message is entered in the
Event logbook (events list) submenu only and is not displayed in alternation
with the measured value display.

Off

The diagnostic event is ignored, and no diagnostic message is generated orentered.

Displaying the measured value status
If the Analog Input, Digital Input and Totalizer function blocks are configured for cyclic
data transmission, the device status is coded as per the PROFIBUS PA Profile 3.02
Specification and transmitted along with the measured value to the PROFIBUS Master(Class 1) via the coding byte (byte 5). The coding byte is split into three segments: Quality,
Quality Substatus and Limits.

142

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Coding(hex)

Measuring value

Byte 5

Quality

Quality Substatus

Limits
A0021271-EN

 32

Structure of the coding byte

The content of the coding byte depends on the configured failsafe mode in the particularfunction block. Depending on which failsafe mode has been configured, status informationin accordance with PROFIBUS Profile Specification 3.02 is transmitted to the PROFIBUS
Master (Class 1) via the coding byte.
Determining the measured value status and device status via the diagnostic behavior
When the diagnostic behavior is assigned, this also changes the measured value status anddevice status for the diagnostic information. The measured value status and device statusdepend on the choice of diagnostic behavior and the group in which the diagnostic
information is located. The measured value status and device status are firmly assigned tothe particular diagnostic behavior and cannot be changed individually.
The diagnostic information is grouped as follows:• Diagnostic information pertaining to the sensor: diagnostic number 000 to 199→  143• Diagnostic information pertaining to the electronics: diagnostic number 200 to 399→  144• Diagnostic information pertaining to the configuration: diagnostic number 400 to 599→  144• Diagnostic information pertaining to the process: diagnostic number 800 to 999→  144
Depending on the group in which diagnostic information is located, the following
measured value status and device status are firmly assigned to the particular diagnostic
behavior:
Diagnostic information pertaining to the sensor (diagnostic no.: 000 to 199)
Diagnostic behavior(configurable)

Device diagnostics(fixed assignment)

Quality

Quality
Substatus

Coding(hex)

Category(NE107)

Alarm

BAD

Maintenancealarm

0x24 to 0x27

F
(Failure)

Maintenancealarm

Warning

GOOD

Maintenancedemanded

0xA8 to 0xAB

M
(Maintenance)

MaintenancedemandedGOOD

ok0x80 to 0x8E––

Logbook entry only
Off

Endress+Hauser

Measured value status (fixed assignment)

143

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information pertaining to the electronics (diagnostic no.: 200 to 399)
Diagnostic behavior(configurable)
Alarm
Warning
Logbook entry onlyOff

Measured value status (fixed assignment)

Device diagnostics(fixed assignment)

Quality

Quality
Substatus

Coding(hex)

Category(NE107)BAD

Maintenancealarm

0x24 to 0x27

F
(Failure)

Maintenance
alarm

GOOD

ok

0x80 to 0x8E––

Diagnostic information pertaining to the configuration (diagnostic no.: 400 to 599)
Diagnostic behavior(configurable)

Measured value status (fixed assignment)

Device diagnostics(fixed assignment)

Quality

Quality
Substatus

Coding(hex)

Category(NE107)

Alarm

BAD

Process
related0x28 to 0x2B

F
(Failure)

Invalid process
condition

Warning

UNCERTA
IN

Process
related0x78 to 0x7B

S
(Out ofspecification)

Invalid process
condition

GOOD

ok

0x80 to 0x8E––

Logbook entry only
Off

Diagnostic information pertaining to the process (diagnostic no.: 800 to 999)
Diagnostic behavior(configurable)

Device diagnostics(fixed assignment)

Quality

Quality
Substatus

Coding(hex)

Category(NE107)

Alarm

BAD

Process
related0x28 to 0x2B

F
(Failure)

Invalid process
condition

Warning

UNCERTA
IN

Process
related0x78 to 0x7B

S
(Out ofspecification)

Invalid process
condition

GOOD

ok

0x80 to 0x8E––

Logbook entry only
Off

144

Measured value status (fixed assignment)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

12.5

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Overview of diagnostic information

The amount of diagnostic information and the number of measured variables affected
increase if the measuring device has one or more application packages.
In the case of some items of diagnostic information, the diagnostic behavior can bechanged. Change the diagnostic information →  141
Operating conditions for displaying the following diagnostics information:• Diagnostics information 871: The process temperature is less than 2K from thesaturated steam line.
• Diagnostics information 872: The measured steam quality has dropped below theconfigured limit value for the steam quality (limit value: "Expert" menu → System→ Diagnostic handling → Diagnostic limits → Steam quality limit).
• Diagnostics information 873: The process temperature is ≤ 0 °C.
• Diagnostics information 874: Wet steam detection/measurement is outside thespecified limits for the following process parameters: pressure, temperature,
velocity.
• Diagnostics information 972: The degree of superheat has exceeded the configured
limit value (limit value: "Expert" menu → System → Diagnostic handling → Diagnostic
limits → Degrees of superheat limit).

12.5.1

Diagnostic of sensor

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

004 Sensor defective

1. Check plug connections
2. Change pre-amplifier
3. Change DSC sensor

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

022 Temperature sensor defective
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

1)

Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

1. Check plug connections
2. Change pre-amplifier
3. Change DSC sensor

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Endress+Hauser

145

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

046 Sensor limit exceeded

1. Check plug connections
2. Change pre-amplifier
3. Change DSC sensor

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Maintenance demanded

Coding (hex)0xA8 to 0xAB

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

062 Sensor connection defective

1. Check plug connections
2. Change pre-amplifier
3. Change DSC sensor

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

082 Data storage

1. Change main electronic module
2. Change sensor

Measured variable status

146

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

083 Memory content

1. Restart device
2. Restore S-Dat data
3. Change sensor

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

114 Sensor leaky

Change DSC sensor

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

122 Temperature sensor defective
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Maintenance demanded

Coding (hex)0xA8 to 0xAB

Status signal

M

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

1. Check plug connections
2. Change pre-amplifier
3. Change DSC sensor

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Temperature

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Endress+Hauser

147

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12.5.2

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic of electronic

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

242 Software incompatible

1. Check software
2. Flash or change main electronics
moduleMeasured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

252 Modules incompatible

1. Check electronic modules
2. Change I/O or main electronic module

Measured variable status

148

Remedy instructions

Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Short text

261 Electronic modules

1. Restart device
2. Check electronic modules
3. Change I/O Modul or main electronics

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

262 Module connection

1. Check module connections
2. Change electronic modules

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Endress+Hauser• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Change main electronic module• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Short text

270 Main electronic failure

Influenced measured
variables

149

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

271 Main electronic failure

1. Restart device
2. Change main electronic module

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

272 Main electronic failure

1. Restart device
2. Contact service

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

273 Main electronic failure

1. Emergency operation via display
2. Change main electronics

Measured variable status

150

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Short text

275 I/O module failure

Change I/O module

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

276 I/O module failure

1. Restart device
2. Change I/O module

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

277 Electronics defective

1. Change pre-amplifier
2. Change main electronic module

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Endress+Hauser

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow151Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

282 Data storage

1. Restart device
2. Contact service

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

1. Transfer data or reset device
2. Contact service• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Device verification active, please wait.

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Function check

Coding (hex)0xBC to 0xBF

Status signal

C

Diagnostic behavior

Warning• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

302 Device verification active

Influenced measured
variables

Remedy instructions

Short text

283 Memory content

152

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Transfer data or reset device
2. Contact service• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

311 Electronic failure
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

311 Electronic failure

Maintenance required!
1. Do not perform reset
2. Contact service

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

M

Diagnostic behavior

WarningEndress+Hauser• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

153

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

350 Pre-amplifier defective

Change pre-amplifier

Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

1)

Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

351 Pre-amplifier defective

Change pre-amplifier

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

370 Pre-amplifier defective
Measured variable status

154

Influenced measured
variables

Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

1. Check plug connections
2. Check cabel connection of remoteversion
3. Change pre-amplifier or main electronic
moduleInfluenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

371 Temperature sensor defective
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

M

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

1. Check plug connections
2. Change pre-amplifier
3. Change DSC sensor

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

12.5.3

Diagnostic of configuration

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

410 Data transfer

1. Check connection
2. Retry data transfer

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Endress+Hauser

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

155

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Remedy instructions

Short text

412 Processing Download

Download active, please wait

Measured variable status
Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Initial value

Coding (hex)0x4C to 0x4F

Status signal

C

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Short text

437 Configuration incompatible

1. Restart device
2. Contact service

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

438 Dataset

1. Check data set file
2. Check device configuration
3. Up- and download new configuration

Measured variable status

156

Remedy instructions

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Maintenance demanded

Coding (hex)

0x68 to 0x6B

Status signal

M

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

442 Frequency output
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Ok

Coding (hex)0x80 to 0x83

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

1)

1. Check process
2. Check frequency output settings–

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

442 Frequency output

1. Check process
2. Check frequency output settings

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Ok

Coding (hex)0x80 to 0x83

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

–

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

443 Pulse output
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

Influenced measured
variables

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Ok

Coding (hex)0x80 to 0x83

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

1)

1. Check process
2. Check pulse output settings–

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

443 Pulse output

1. Check process
2. Check pulse output settings

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Ok

Coding (hex)0x80 to 0x83

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

WarningEndress+Hauser–

157

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

453 Flow override

Deactivate flow override

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Function check

Coding (hex)0xBC to 0xBF

Status signal

C

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

482 Block in OOS

Set Block in AUTO mode–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Ok

Coding (hex)0x80 to 0x83

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

Short text

484 Simulation failure mode

Deactivate simulation

Measured variable status

158

Remedy instructions

Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Function check

Coding (hex)0x3C to 0x3F

Status signal

C

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Short text

485 Simulation measured variable

Deactivate simulation

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Function check

Coding (hex)0xBC to 0xBF

Status signal

C

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

492 Simulation frequency output

Deactivate simulation frequency output

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Ok

Coding (hex)0x80 to 0x83

Status signal

C

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

493 Simulation pulse output

Deactivate simulation pulse output

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Ok

Coding (hex)0x80 to 0x83

Status signal

C

Diagnostic behavior

WarningEndress+Hauser

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Temperature• Volume flow

159

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

494 Switch output simulation

Deactivate simulation switch output

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Function check

Coding (hex)0xBC to 0xBF

Status signal

C

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Temperature• Volume flow

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

495 Simulation diagnostic event

Deactivate simulation–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Ok

Coding (hex)0x80 to 0x83

Status signal

C

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

497 Simulation block output

Deactivate simulation–

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Ok

Coding (hex)0x80 to 0x83

Status signal

C

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Short text

538 Flow computer configuration incorrect
Measured variable status

160

Remedy instructions

QualityGood

Quality substatus

Function check

Coding (hex)0xBC to 0xBF

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

Check input value (pressure, temperature)

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information
No.

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Remedy instructions

Short text

539 Flow computer configuration incorrect
Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Function check

Coding (hex)0x3C to 0x3F

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Diagnostic information
No.

1. Check input value (pressure,temperature)
2. Check allowed values of the medium
properties

Remedy instructions

Short text

540 Flow computer configuration incorrect
Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Function check

Coding (hex)0xBC to 0xBF

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Check entered reference value using the
document Operating Instructions

Remedy instructions

Short text

570 Inverted delta heat

Check configuration of mounting location(parameter Installation direction)

Measured variable status
Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Function check

Coding (hex)0x3C to 0x3F

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Endress+Hauser

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat

Influenced measured
variables
Heat flow difference

161

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

12.5.4

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic of process

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

801 Supply voltage too low

Increase supply voltage

Measured variable status
Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

828 Ambient temperature too low
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

162

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

Increase ambient temperature of preamplifier

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

829 Ambient temperature too highMeasured variable status [from the factory]

1)

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

832 Electronic temperature too highMeasured variable status [from the factory]

1)

Reduce ambient temperature of preamplifier

Influenced measured
variables

Reduce ambient temperature
1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Endress+Hauser

163

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

833 Electronic temperature too low

Increase ambient temperature

Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

834 Process temperature too highReduce process temperature

Measured variable status [from the factory]164• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Diagnostic information

1)

Influenced measured
variables

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

835 Process temperature too low

Increase process temperature

Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

841 Flow velocity too highReduce flow velocity

Measured variable status [from the factory] 1)

1)Influenced measured
variables

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Endress+Hauser

165

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

842 Process limit

Low flow cut off active!
1. Check low flow cut off configuration

Measured variable status
QualityGood

Quality substatus

Ok

Coding (hex)0x80 to 0x83

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

844 Sensor range exceeded

Reduce flow velocity

Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

166

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

870 Measuring inaccuracy increased
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

1. Check process
2. Increase flow volume

No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

871 Near steam saturation limit

Check process conditions

Measured variable status [from the factory] 1)
Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

872 Wet steam detected
Measured variable status [from the factory] 1)

1)• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Diagnostic information

1)

Influenced measured
variables

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

1. Check process
2. Check plant

Influenced measured
variables• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Endress+Hauser

167

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information
No.

Measured variable status [from the factory]

Check process (water in piping)• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

1. Check pressure, temperature
2. Check flow velocity
3. Check for flow fluctuation• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat

Remedy instructions

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

874 X% spec invalid
Measured variable status
Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Short text

882 Input signal

1. Check input configuration
2. Check external device or process
conditions

Measured variable status

168

Influenced measured
variables

Short text

873 Water detected

1)Remedy instructions

Quality

Bad

Quality substatus

Maintenance alarm

Coding (hex)0x24 to 0x27

Status signal

F

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Temperature• Volume flow

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

945 Sensor range exceeded
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

Check immediately process conditions(pressure-temperature rating)• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

946 Vibration detected

Check installation

Measured variable status
Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

WarningDiagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

947 Vibration exceeded

Check installation

Measured variable status [from the factory] 1)

1)Influenced measured
variables

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Alarm

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Flow velocity• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Pressure• Reynolds number• Specific volume• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality• Degrees of superheat• Volume flow

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

Endress+Hauser

169

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostic information
No.

Remedy instructions

Short text

972 Degrees of superheat limit excceeded
Measured variable status [from the factory]

1)

1)

Quality

Uncertain

Quality substatus

Process related

Coding (hex)0x78 to 0x7B

Status signal

S

Diagnostic behavior

Warning

1. Controll process conditions
2. Install pressure transmitter or enter
correct fixed pressure value

Influenced measured
variables• Calculated saturated
steam pressure• Density• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference• Low flow cut off• Mass flow
• Total mass flow
• Switch output status• Reynolds number• Corrected volume flow
• Steam quality

Diagnostic behavior can be changed. This causes the overall status of the measured variable to change.

12.6

Pending diagnostic events

The Diagnostics menu allows the user to view the current diagnostic event and theprevious diagnostic event separately.
To call up the measures to rectify a diagnostic event:• Via local display →  139• Via "FieldCare" operating tool →  140
Other pending diagnostic events can be displayed in the Diagnostic list submenu→  171
Navigation"Diagnostics" menu
Structure of the submenu
Diagnostics→

Actual diagnostics
Previous diagnostics
Operating time from restart
Operating time

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Actual diagnostics

Prerequisite
A diagnostic event has occurred.

Description

User interface

Shows the current occured diagnostic
event along with its diagnostic
information.

Symbol for diagnostic
behavior, diagnostic codeand short message.

two or more messages occur
 Ifsimultaneously,
the message withthe highest priority is shown on
the display.
Previous diagnostics

170

Two diagnostic events have alreadyoccurred.

Shows the diagnostic event that
occurred prior to the current diagnostic
event along with its diagnostic
information.

Symbol for diagnostic
behavior, diagnostic codeand short message.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Parameter

Prerequisite

Description

User interface

Operating time from restart–Shows the time the device has been in
operation since the last device restart.

Days (d), hours (h),minutes (m) and seconds(s)Operating time–

Indicates how long the device has beenin operation.

Days (d), hours (h),minutes (m) and seconds
(s)

12.7

Diagnostic list

In the Diagnostic list submenu, up to 5 currently pending diagnostic events can bedisplayed along with the related diagnostic information. If more than 5 diagnostic eventsare pending, the events with the highest priority are shown on the display.
Navigation path
Diagnostics menu → Diagnostic list submenu/ ../Diagnose list
Diagnostics
F273 Main electronic
Diagnostics 2
Diagnostics 3
A0014006-EN

 33

Taking the example of the local display

To call up the measures to rectify a diagnostic event:• Via local display →  139• Via "FieldCare" operating tool →  140

12.8

Event logbook

12.8.1

Event history/ ../Eventlist
F
I1091 Config. change
I1157 Mem.err. ev.list
0d01h19m10s
F311 Electr. failure
A0014008-EN

 34

Taking the example of the local display

To call up the measures to rectify a diagnostic event:• Via local display →  139• Via "FieldCare" operating tool →  140
For filtering the displayed event messages →  171

12.8.2Filtering the event logbook

Using the Filter options parameter, you can define which category of event messages isdisplayed in the Events list submenu.
Navigation path
"Diagnostics" menu → Event logbook → Filter options

Endress+Hauser

171

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Filter categories• All• Failure (F)• Function check (C)• Out of specification (S)• Maintenance required (M)• Information (I)12.8.3

Overview of information events

Unlike a diagnostic event, an information event is displayed in the event logbook only andnot in the diagnostic list.
Info number

172

Info name

I1000--------(Device ok)

I1079

Sensor changed

I1089

Power on

I1090

Configuration reset

I1091

Configuration changed

I1092

Trend data deleted

I1110

Write protection switch changed

I1137

Electronic changed

I1151

History reset

I1154

Reset terminal voltage min/max

I1155

Reset electronic temperature

I1156

Memory error trend

I1157

Memory error event list

I1185

Display backup done

I1186

Restore via display done

I1187

Settings downloaded with display

I1188

Display data cleared

I1189

Backup compared

I1227

Sensor emergency mode activatedI1228

Sensor emergency mode failed

I1256

Display: access status changed

I1264

Safety sequence aborted

I1335

Firmware changed

I1397

Fieldbus: access status changed

I1398

CDI: access status changed

I1444

Device verification passed

I1445

Device verification failed

I1459

Failed: I/O module verification

I1461

Failed: Sensor verification

I1512

Download started

I1513

Download finished

I1514

Upload started

I1515

Upload finished

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Info number

Info name

I1552

Failed: Main electronic verification

I1553

Failed: Pre-amplifier verification

12.9

Resetting the measuring device

Using the Device reset parameter it is possible to reset the entire device configuration orsome of the configuration to a defined state.
Navigation"Setup" menu → Advanced setup → Administration → Device reset‣ Administration‣ Define access code
Define access code
Confirm access code
Device reset

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter
Device reset*

Description
Reset the device configuration - either
entirely or in part - to a defined state.

Selection• Cancel• To fieldbus defaults *• To factory defaults• To delivery settings• Restart device

Factory setting
CancelVisibility depends on communication

12.9.1

Function scope of the "Device reset" parameter

Options

Description

CancelNo action is executed and the user exits the parameter.

To delivery settings

Every parameter for which a customer-specific default setting was ordered is resetto this customer-specific value. All other parameters are reset to the factory
setting.

Restart device

The restart resets every parameter whose data are in the volatile memory (RAM)to the factory setting (e.g. measured value data). The device configuration remains
unchanged.

History reset

Every parameter is reset to the factory setting.

12.10 Device information
The Device information submenu contains all the parameters that display different
information for identifying the device.

Endress+Hauser

173

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Navigation"Diagnostics" menu → Device information‣ Device information
Device tag
Serial number
Firmware version
Device name
Order code
Extended order code 1
Extended order code 2
Extended order code 3
ENP version

Parameter overview with brief description
Parameter

Description

User interface

Factory setting

Device tag

Display the name for the measuring point.

Max. 32 characters such as
letters, numbers or special
characters (e.g. @, %, /)Prowirl 200 PA

Serial number

Shows the serial number of the measuring
device.

A maximum of 11-digit
character string comprisingletters and numbers.

–

Firmware version

Shows the device firmware version installed.

Character string in the format
xx.yy

01.01

Device nameShows the name of the transmitter.

Prowirl–

Character string composed ofletters, numbers and certain
punctuation marks (e.g. /).

–Character string–

name can be found on the The
nameplate of the transmitter.
Order code

Shows the device order code.

Extended order code 1

The order code can be found on the
nameplate of the sensor andtransmitter in the "Order code" field.

Shows the 1st part of the extended order
code.
extended order code can also be Thefound on the nameplate of the sensor
and transmitter in the "Ext. ord. cd."
field.

174

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parameter
Extended order code 2

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Description
Shows the 2nd part of the extended order
code.

User interface

Factory setting

Character string–

Character string–

extended order code can also be Thefound on the nameplate of the sensor
and transmitter in the "Ext. ord. cd."
field.
Extended order code 3

Shows the 3rd part of the extended order
code.
extended order code can also be Thefound on the nameplate of the sensor
and transmitter in the "Ext. ord. cd."
field.

ENP version

Shows the version of the electronic
nameplate (ENP).

Character string

2.02.00

PROFIBUS ident number

Displays the PROFIBUS identification
number.

0 to FFFF

0x1564

Status PROFIBUS Master Config

Displays the status of the PROFIBUS Masterconfiguration.

• Active• Not active

Not active

Endress+Hauser

175

Diagnostics and troubleshooting

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

12.11 Firmware history
Releasedate

Firmwareversion

Order codefor"Firmwareversion"Firmware changes

Documentation
type

10.201401.01.00 Option 73• No need to restart
Operatingdevice after parameter Instructions
download• Additional process
variables:– Pressure– Degree ofoverheating– Specific volume• Process variables
interconnectable withlocal display and datalogger (trend)• Additional AI channels:– Pressure– Degree ofoverheating– Specific volume– Density– Reynolds number• Verification progress is
displayed (0-100%)• New Wet Steam
Measurement
application package• Operation in steam
simplified• More robust signal
processing in event of
low flow rates in wet
steam

BA01222D/06/EN/
01.14

10.201301.00.00 Option 77

Original firmware

BA01222D/06/EN/
01.13

OperatingInstructions

Documentation

Flashing the firmware to the current version or to the previous version is possible via
the service interface (CDI) .
For the compatibility of the firmware version with the previous version, the installed
device description files and operating tools, observe the information about the device
in the "Manufacturer's information" document.
The manufacturer's information is available:• In the Downloads area of the Endress+Hauser web site: www.endress.com →Downloads• Specify the following details:– Text search: Manufacturer's information– Media type: Documentation – Technical Documentation

176

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Maintenance

13

Maintenance

13.1

Maintenance tasks

No special maintenance work is required.

13.1.1

Exterior cleaning

When cleaning the exterior of measuring devices, always use cleaning agents that do notattack the surface of the housing or the seals.

13.1.2

Interior cleaning

NOTICEThe use of unsuitable equipment or cleaning liquids can damage the transducer.
‣ Do not use pigs to clean the pipe.

13.1.3Replacing seals

Replacing sensor seals
NOTICE
Under normal circumstances, wetted seals must not be replaced.
Replacement is necessary only in special circumstances, for example if aggressive or
corrosive fluids are incompatible with the seal material.
‣ The time span between the individual replacement procedures depends on the fluid
properties.
‣ Only Endress+Hauser sensor seals may be used: replacement seals
Replacing housing seals
The housing seals must be clean and undamaged when inserted into their grooves. Dry,clean or replace the seals if necessary.
NOTICE
When the measuring device is used in a dusty atmosphere:‣ only use the associated Endress+Hauser housing seals.

13.2

Measuring and test equipment

Endress+Hauser offers a wide variety of measuring and test equipment, such as W@M or
device tests.
Your Endress+Hauser Sales Center can provide detailed information on the services.
For a list of some of the measuring and test equipment, refer to the "Accessories"
chapter of the "Technical Information" document for the device.

13.3

Endress+Hauser services

Endress+Hauser offers a wide variety of services for maintenance such as recalibration,
maintenance service or device tests.
Your Endress+Hauser Sales Center can provide detailed information on the services.

Endress+Hauser

177

Repair

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

14

Repair

14.1

General notes

Repair and conversion concept
The Endress+Hauser repair and conversion concept provides for the following:• The measuring devices have a modular design.
• Spare parts are grouped into logical kits with the associated Installation Instructions.
• Repairs are carried out by Endress+Hauser Service or by correspondingly trained
customers.
• Certified devices can be converted into other certified devices by Endress+Hauser Service
or at the factory only.
Notes for repair and conversion
For repair and modification of a measuring device, observe the following notes:• Use only original Endress+Hauser spare parts.
• Carry out the repair according to the Installation Instructions.
• Observe the applicable standards, federal/national regulations, Ex documentation (XA)
and certificates.
• Document every repair and each conversion and enter them into the W@M life cycle
management database.

14.2

Spare parts

Some interchangeable measuring device components are listed on an overview sign in theconnection compartment cover.
The spare part overview sign contains the following information:• A list of the most important spare parts for the measuring device, including theirordering information.
• The URL for the W@M Device Viewer (www.endress.com/deviceviewer):
All the spare parts for the measuring device, along with the order code, are listed here
and can be ordered. If available, users can also download the associated Installation
Instructions.

178

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

RepairSpare parts for

1
2
Additional information:www.endress.com/deviceviewer

Item Spare part

Part no. / structure1

Sensor2
3
4
5Main electronic
I/O module
Cover (front)
Cover (right)

6

Transmitter

7
8
9
10

Display

6
2
4

3

7

5

1

A0014017

 35
1
2

Example for "Spare part overview sign" in connection compartment cover

Measuring device name
Measuring device serial number

Measuring device serial number:• Is located on the device nameplate and the spare part overview sign.
• Can be read out via the Serial number parameter in the Device information
submenu .

14.3

Endress+Hauser services

Endress+Hauser offers a wide range of services.
Your Endress+Hauser Sales Center can provide detailed information on the services.

14.4

ReturnThe measuring device must be returned if it is need of repair or a factory calibration, or if
the wrong measuring device has been delivered or ordered. Legal specifications require
Endress+Hauser, as an ISO-certified company, to follow certain procedures when handling
products that are in contact with the medium.
To ensure safe, swift and professional device returns, please refer to the procedure andconditions for returning devices provided on the Endress+Hauser website at
http://www.endress.com/support/return-material

14.5

Disposal

14.5.1

Removing the measuring device

1.

Switch off the device.

2.

LWARNING
Danger to persons from process conditions.
‣ Beware of hazardous process conditions such as pressure in the measuring device,high temperatures or aggressive fluids.
Carry out the mounting and connection steps from the chapters "Mounting themeasuring device" and "Connecting the measuring device" in the logically reverse
sequence. Observe the safety instructions.

Endress+Hauser

179

Repair

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

14.5.2

Disposing of the measuring device

LWARNING
Danger to personnel and environment from fluids that are hazardous to health.
‣ Ensure that the measuring device and all cavities are free of fluid residues that arehazardous to health or the environment, e.g. substances that have permeated into
crevices or diffused through plastic.
Observe the following notes during disposal:• Observe valid federal/national regulations.
• Ensure proper separation and reuse of the device components.

180

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

15

Accessories

Accessories

Various accessories, which can be ordered with the device or subsequently from Endress+Hauser, are available for the device. Detailed information on the order code in question isavailable from your local Endress+Hauser sales center or on the product page of theEndress+Hauser website: www.endress.com.

15.1

Device-specific accessories

15.1.1For the transmitter

Accessories

Description

Prowirl 200 transmitter

Transmitter for replacement or storage. Use the order code to define the following
specifications:• Approvals• Output• Display / operation• Housing• Software For details, see Installation Instructions EA01056D
Remote display
FHX50

FHX50 housing for accommodating a display module →  208.
• FHX50 housing suitable for:– SD02 display module (push buttons)– SD03 display module (touch control)• Housing material:– Plastic PBT– Stainless steel CF-3M (316L, 1.4404)• Length of connecting cable: up to max. 60 m (196 ft)(cable lengths available for order: 5 m (16 ft), 10 m (32 ft), 20 m (65 ft),
30 m (98 ft))
The measuring device can be ordered with the FHX50 housing and a display
module. The following options must be selected in the separate order codes:• Order code for measuring device, feature 030:
Option L or M "Prepared for FHX50 display"• Order code for FHX50 housing, feature 050 (device version):
Option A "Prepared for FHX50 display"• Order code for FHX50 housing, depends on the desired display module in feature
020 (display, operation):– Option C: for an SD02 display module (push buttons)– Option E: for an SD03 display module (touch control)
The FHX50 housing can also be ordered as a retrofit kit. The measuring device
display module is used in the FHX50 housing. The following options must be
selected in the order code for the FHX50 housing:• Feature 050 (measuring device version): option B "Not prepared for FHX50
display"• Feature 020 (display, operation): option A "None, existing displayed used" For details, see Special Documentation SD01007F(Order number: FHX50)
Overvoltage protection for Ideally, the overvoltage protection module should be ordered directly with the
2-wire devices
device. See product structure, characteristic 610 "Accessory mounted", option NA"Overvoltage protection". Separate order necessary only if retrofitting.
• OVP10: For 1-channel devices (characteristic 020, option A):• OVP20: For 2-channel devices (characteristic 020, options B, C, E or G)

 For details, see Special Documentation SD01090F.

Endress+Hauser

181

Accessories

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Weather protection cover

Is used to protect the measuring device from the effects of the weather: e.g.
rainwater, excess heating from direct sunlight or extreme cold in winter.

 For details, see Special Documentation SD00333F
Connecting cable forremote version• Connecting cable available in various lengths:– 5 m (16 ft)– 10 m (32 ft)– 20 m (65 ft)– 30 m (98 ft)• Reinforced cables available on request.
length: 5 m (16 ft)
 Standard
Is always supplied if no other cable length has been ordered.

Post mounting kit

Post mounting kit for transmitter.

 The post mounting kit can only be ordered together with a transmitter.
(Order number: DK8WM-B)

15.1.2For the sensor

Accessories

Description

Flow conditioner

Is used to shorten the necessary inlet run.
(Order number: DK7ST)

15.2

Service-specific accessories

Accessories

Description

Applicator

Software for selecting and sizing Endress+Hauser measuring devices:• Calculation of all the necessary data for identifying the optimum flowmeter: e.g.
nominal diameter, pressure loss, accuracy or process connections.
• Graphic illustration of the calculation results
Administration, documentation and access to all project-related data andparameters throughout the entire life cycle of a project.
Applicator is available:• Via the Internet: https://wapps.endress.com/applicator• On CD-ROM for local PC installation.

W@M

Life cycle management for your plant
W@M supports you with a wide range of software applications over the entire
process: from planning and procurement, to the installation, commissioning andoperation of the measuring devices. All the relevant device information, such as
the device status, spare parts and device-specific documentation, is available forevery device over the entire life cycle.
The application already contains the data of your Endress+Hauser device. Endress+Hauser also takes care of maintaining and updating the data records.
W@M is available:• Via the Internet: www.endress.com/lifecyclemanagement• On CD-ROM for local PC installation.

FieldCare

FDT-based plant asset management tool from Endress+Hauser.
It can configure all smart field units in your system and helps you manage them. By
using the status information, it is also a simple but effective way of checking theirstatus and condition.

 For details, see Operating Instructions BA00027S and BA00059S
DeviceCare

Tool for connecting and configuring Endress+Hauser field devices.

 For details, see Innovation brochure IN01047S

182

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

15.3

Accessories

System components

Accessories

Description

Memograph M graphic
display recorder

The Memograph M graphic display recorder provides information on all relevantmeasured variables. Measured values are recorded correctly, limit values aremonitored and measuring points analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB
internal memory and also on a SD card or USB stick.
For details, see "Technical Information" TI00133R and Operating Instructions
 BA00247R

Cerabar M

The pressure transmitter for measuring the absolute and gauge pressure of gases,
steam and liquids. It can be used to read in the operating pressure value.
details, see "Technical Information" TI00426P, TI00436P and Operating
 For
Instructions BA00200P, BA00382P

Cerabar S

The pressure transmitter for measuring the absolute and gauge pressure of gases,
steam and liquids. It can be used to read in the operating pressure value.
For details, see "Technical Information" TI00383P and Operating Instructions
 BA00271P

Endress+Hauser

183

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

16

Technical data

16.1

Application

Depending on the version ordered, the measuring device can also measure potentiallyexplosive, flammable, poisonous and oxidizing media.
To ensure that the device remains in proper operating condition for its service life, use themeasuring device only for media against which the process-wetted materials areadequately resistant.

16.2

Function and system design

Measuring principle

Vortex meters work on the principle of the Karman vortex street.

Measuring system

The device consists of a transmitter and a sensor.
Two device versions are available:• Compact version – transmitter and sensor form a mechanical unit.
• Remote version - transmitter and sensor are mounted in separate locations.
For information on the structure of the device →  11

16.3
Measured variable

Input

Direct measured variables
Order code for "Sensor version":• Option 1 "Volume flow, basis" and• Option 2 "Volume flow, high-temperature/low temperature":
Volume flow
Order code for "Sensor version":
Option 3 "Mass flow (integrated temperature measurement)":– Volume flow
– Temperature
Calculated measured variables
Order code for "Sensor version":• Option 1 "Volume flow, basis" and• Option 2 "Volume flow, high-temperature/low temperature":– In the case of constant process conditions: Mass flow 1) or Corrected volume flow
– The totalized values for Volume flow, Mass flow 1), or Corrected volume flow
Order code for "Sensor version":
Option 3 "Mass flow (integrated temperature measurement)":– Corrected volume flow
– Mass flow
– Calculated saturated steam pressure– Energy flow

1)

184

A fixed density must be entered for calculating the mass flow (Setup menu → Advanced setup submenu → External compensation submenu →Fixed density parameter).

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Technical data

– Heat flow difference– Specific volume– Degrees of superheat
Order code for "Sensor version", option "Mass flow (integrated temperature measurement)"
combined with order code "Application package", EU "Wet steam measurement":• Steam quality• Total mass flow
• Condensate mass flow
Calculation of the measured variables
The meter electronics system of the Prowirl 200 unit with the order code "Sensor version",
option 3 "Mass flow (integrated temperature measurement)" has a flow computer. This
computer can calculate the following secondary measured variables directly from theprimary measured variables recorded using the pressure value (entered or external) and/or
temperature value (measured or entered).
Mass flow and corrected volume flow
Medium Fluid
Steam 1)–

1)

Explanation

IAPWS-IF97/
ASME

If integrated temperature measurement is provided and theprocess pressure is fixed, or if the pressure is read in via
PROFIBUS PA

Single gas

NEL40

Gas mixture

NEL40

Air

NEL40

Natural gas

ISO 12213-2

Contains AGA8-DC92
If the process pressure is fixed, or if the pressure is read in via
PROFIBUS PA

AGA NX-19

If the process pressure is fixed, or if the pressure is read in via
PROFIBUS PA

ISO 12213-3

Contains SGERG-88, AGA8 Gross Method 1
If the process pressure is fixed, or if the pressure is read in via
PROFIBUS PA

Other gases

Linear equation

Ideal gases
If the process pressure is fixed, or if the pressure is read in via
PROFIBUS PA

Water

IAPWS-IF97/
ASME

Gas

Liquids

Standards

If the process pressure is fixed, or if the pressure is read in via
PROFIBUS PA

Liquefied gas Tables

Propane and butane mixture

Other liquid

Ideal liquids

Linear equation

The Prowirl 200 is able to calculate the volume flow, and other measured variables derived from thevolume flow, across all steam types with full compensation using the pressure and temperature. For
information on setting the device behavior, see the "Perform external compensation" section →  101

Mass flow calculation
Volume flow × operating density• Operating density for saturated steam, water and other liquids: depends on thetemperature• Operating density for superheated steam and all other gases: depends on thetemperature and process pressure

Endress+Hauser

185

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Corrected volume flow calculation(Volume flow × operating density)/reference density• Operating density for water and other liquids: depends on the temperature• Operating density for all other gases: depends on the temperature and process pressure
Energy flow
Medium Fluid

Standards

Explanation

IAPWSIF97/ASME

If the process pressure isfixed, or if the pressure
is read in via PROFIBUS
PA

ISO 6976

Contains GPA 2172
If the process pressure isfixed, or if the pressure
is read in via PROFIBUS
PA

–
Steam

1)

Single gas

Gas

Gas
mixtureISO 6976

Air

NEL40

Naturalgas

ISO 6976

Heat/energy option

Contains GPA 2172
If the process pressure isfixed, or if the pressure
is read in via PROFIBUS
Heat
PA
Gross calorific value 2) in relation to mass
If the process pressure is Net calorific value 3) in relation to mass
fixed, or if the pressure
Gross calorific value 2) in relation to corrected
is read in via PROFIBUS volume
PA
Net calorific value 3) in relation to correctedvolumeContains GPA 2172
If the process pressure isfixed, or if the pressure
is read in via PROFIBUS
PA

AGA 5

Liquids

1)

2)
3)

Water

IAPWSIF97/ASME

Liquefiedgas

ISO 6976

OtherliquidLinearequationContains GPA 2172

The Prowirl 200 is able to calculate the volume flow, and other measured variables derived from thevolume flow, across all steam types with full compensation using the pressure and temperature. For
information on setting the device behavior, see the "Perform external compensation" section →  101
Gross calorific value: combustion energy + condensation energy of the flue gas (gross calorific value > net
calorific value)
Net calorific value: only combustion energy

Mass flow and energy flow calculation
NOTICEThe process pressure (p) in the process pipe is required to calculate the process
variables and the limit values of the measuring range.
‣ In the case of the PROFIBUS PA device, the process pressure can be transmitted fromthe Profibus master to the measuring device via the AO Block or entered as a fixedvalue in the External compensation submenu (→  101).

186

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Technical data

Steam is calculated based on the following factors:• The measuring device calculates the density with full compensation using the pressure
and temperature measured variables.
• Assuming superheated steam conditions the measuring device calculates until thesaturation point is reached. The diagnostic behavior of the diagnostic message
S871 Near steam saturation limit is set to Off by default (ex works) →  145. Thisdiagnostic behavior can optionally be redefined as an alarm or a warning →  142.
Then the diagnostic message S871 Near steam saturation limit is triggered at 2 K
above saturation.
• The smaller of the following two pressure values is always used to calculate the density:– The measured pressure which is either entered as the Fixed process pressure(→  77) ≠ 0 bar abs. or read in via PROFIBUS PA– The saturated steam pressure which is determined from the saturated steam line
(IAPWS-IF97/ASME)• If the fixed process pressure = 0 bar abs. the measuring device only calculates on thesaturated steam curve using temperature compensation.
For detailed information on performing external compensation: →  101
Calculated value
The unit calculates the mass flow, heat flow, energy flow, density and specific enthalpy
from the measured volume flow and the measured temperature and/or the pressure basedon international standard IAPWS-IF97/ASME.
Formulae for calculation:• Mass flow: m = q ⋅ ρ (T, p)• Heat quantity: E = q ⋅ ρ (T, p) ⋅ hD (T, p)
m = Mass flow
E = Heat quantity
q = Volume flow (measured)hD = Specific enthalpy
T = Process temperature (measured)p = Process pressureρ = Density 2)
Pre-programmed gases
The following gases are pre-programmed in the flow computer:
Hydrogen 1)

Helium 4

Neon

KryptonXenon

Nitrogen

Chlorine

Carbon monoxide
1)Oxygen1)

Carbon dioxide

Hydrogen chloride

Methane 1)

Butane 1)

Ethylene (ethene) 1)

Sulfur dioxide

Hydrogen sulfide

Ethane 1)

Propane 1)

Vinyl chloride

Mixtures of up to 8 components of these gases 1)

1)

2)

Ammonia

Argon

The energy flow is calculated as per ISO 6976 (contains GPA 2172) or AGA5 - in relation to the net
calorific value or gross calorific value .

From steam data as per IAPWS-IF97 (ASME), for the measured temperature and the specified pressure

Endress+Hauser

187

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Energy flow calculation
Volume flow × operating density × specific enthalpy• Operating density for saturated steam and water: depends on the temperature• Operating density for superheated steam, natural gas ISO 6976 (contains GPA 2172),
natural gas AGA5: depends on the temperature and pressure
Heat flow difference• Between saturated steam upstream from a heat exchanger and condensate downstream
from the heat exchanger (second temperature read in via PROFIBUS PA) in accordancewith IAPWS-IF97/ASME →  24.
• Between warm and cold water (second temperature read in via PROFIBUS PA) in
accordance with IAPWS-IF97/ASME.
Vapor pressure and steam temperature
The measuring device can perform the following in saturated steam measurements
between the feed line and return line of any heating liquid (second temperature read in via
PROFIBUS PA and Cp value entered):• Calculate the saturation pressure of the steam from the measured temperature andoutput the value in accordance with IAPWS-IF97/ASME.
• Calculate the saturation temperature of the steam from the specified pressure andoutput the value in accordance with IAPWS-IF97/ASME.
Saturated steam alarm
In applications involving the measurement of superheated steam, the measuring device
can trigger a saturated steam alarm when the value approaches the saturation curve.
Volume flow, mass flow and energy flow
Using the Wet Steam Detection/Measurement application packages, the Prowirl 200 cancorrect the measured variables volume flow, mass flow and energy flow depending on thequality of the steam. See the SD for Wet Steam Detection/Measurement for more
information
For detailed information about correcting these measured variables, see the Special
Documentation for the Wet Steam Detection and Wet Steam Measurement
application package →  212
Steam quality, total mass flow and condensate mass flow
The following measured variables are available with the Wet Steam Measurement
application package:• The measuring device can output the steam quality as a direct measured value (on thedisplay/current output/HART/PROFIBUS PA).
• Using the steam quality, the measuring device can calculate the total mass flow andoutput it in the form of the proportion of gas and liquid.
• Using the steam quality, the measuring device can calculate the condensate mass flow
and output it in the form of the proportion of liquid.
For detailed information about calculations as a function of the steam quality and thecorrection of these measured variables, see the Special Documentation for the Wet
Steam Detection and Wet Steam Measurement application package →  212
Measuring range

188

The measuring range depends on the fluid and nominal diameter.

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Technical data

Flow velocity

E
D3

Di
v2

d
vE

v3

f

v

v2

v = v3A0027507

E
vE
v
v2
v3
Di
D3
d
f

DN diameter
Velocity in process pipe
Bluff body approaching flow velocity (Re is based on this)Maximum velocity (applies only to oxygen) v2 = vmax
Velocity when leaving the measuring device
Internal diameter Di = D3Internal diameter D3 = Di
Width of bluff body
Vortex shedding frequency

The Applicator can be used for calculation purposes. →  182
Maximum volume flow

Qmax(G) = vmax ·4DiStrouhal number

2

Sr =

Reynolds number

f·d
v

Re =

A0027504

ρ · v · DiμA0027505

A0027506

Lower range value
Depends on the density of the medium and the Reynolds number (Remin = 5 000, Relinear =20 000). The Reynolds number is dimensionless and indicates the ratio of the inertia force
of a fluid to its viscous force. It is used to characterize the flow. The Reynolds number iscalculated as follows:Re =4 · Q [m³/s] · ρ [kg/m³]
π π · di [m] · µ [Pa·s]

Re =4 · Q [ft³/s] · ρ [lb/ft³]
π · di [ft] · µ [0.001 cP]
A0003794

Re = Reynolds number; Q = flow; di = internal diameter; µ = dynamic viscosity, ρ = density

DN 15...300 → v min. =

6

[m/s]

ρ [kg/m³]
DN ½...12"→ v min. =4.92[ft/s]

ρ [lb/ft³]
A0003239

Endress+Hauser

189

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Upper range value
Liquids:
The upper range value must be calculated as follows:
vmax = 9 m/s (30 ft/s) and vmax = 350/√ρ m/s (130/√ρ ft/s)‣ Use the lower value.
Gas/steam:Nominal diametervmaxStandard device: DN 15 (½")

46 m/s (151 ft/s) and 350/√ρ m/s (130/√ρ ft/s)(Use the lower value.)Standard device: DN 25 (1"), DN 40 (1½")

75 m/s (246 ft/s) and 350/√ρ m/s (130/√ρ ft/s)(Use the lower value.)Standard device: DN 50 to 300 (2 to 12")120 m/s (394 ft/s) and 350/√ρ m/s (130/√ρ ft/s)(Use the lower value.)
Calibrated range: up to 75 m/s (246 ft/s)

For information on the Applicator →  182

Operable flow range

Up to 45: 1 (ratio between lower and upper range value)

Input signal

External measured values
To increase the accuracy of certain measured variables or to calculate the corrected volume
flow, the automation system can continuously write different measured values to themeasuring device:• Operating pressure to increase accuracy (Endress+Hauser recommends the use of apressure measuring device for absolute pressure, e.g. Cerabar M or Cerabar S)• Medium temperature to increase accuracy (e.g. iTEMP)• Reference density for calculating the corrected volume flow
• Various pressure transmitters can be ordered from Endress+Hauser: see"Accessories" section →  183• Please comply with the special mounting instructions when using pressuretransmitters →  24
It is recommended to read in external measured values to calculate the following measured
variables:• Energy flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume flow
Fieldbuses
The measured values are written from the automation system to the measuring device via
PROFIBUS PA.

16.4
Output signal

190

OutputPulse/frequency/switch output
FunctionCan be set to pulse, frequency or switch output

Version

Passive, open collector

Maximum input values• DC 35 V• 50 mA

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Technical data

Voltage drop

• For ≤ 2 mA: 2 V• For 10 mA: 8 V

Residual current≤ 0.05 mA

Pulse output
Pulse width

Adjustable: 5 to 2 000 ms

Maximum pulse rate

100 Impulse/s

Pulse value

Adjustable

Assignable measured
variables• Total volume flow
• Total corrected volume flow
• Total mass flow
• Total energy flow
• Total heat flow difference

Frequency output
Output frequency

Adjustable: 0 to 1 000 Hz

Damping

Adjustable: 0 to 999 s

Pulse/pause ratio

1:1

Assignable measured
variables• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Mass flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated saturated steam pressure• Steam quality• Total mass flow
• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference

Switch output
Switching behavior

Binary, conductive or non-conductive

Switching delay

Adjustable: 0 to 100 s

Number of switchingcyclesUnlimited

Assignable functions

• Off
• On
• Diagnostic behavior• Limit value– Volume flow
– Corrected volume flow
– Mass flow
– Flow velocity– Temperature– Calculated saturated steam pressure– Steam quality– Total mass flow
– Energy flow
– Heat flow difference– Reynolds number– Totalizer 1-3• Status• Status of low flow cut off

PROFIBUS PA

Signal on alarm
Endress+Hauser

Signal encoding

Manchester Bus Powered (MBP)

Data transfer

31.25 KBit/s, Voltage mode

Depending on the interface, failure information is displayed as follows:191

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Pulse/frequency/switch output
Pulse output
Failure modeNo pulses

Frequency output
Failure mode

Choose from:• Actual value• 0 Hz• Defined value: 0 to 1 250 Hz

Switch output
Failure mode

Choose from:• Current status• Open• Closed

PROFIBUS PA
Status and alarm
messages

Diagnostics in accordance with PROFIBUS PA Profile 3.02

Error current FDE (Fault
Disconnection Electronic)

0 mA

Local display
Plain text display

With information on cause and remedial measures

Backlight

Additionally for device version with SD03 local display: red lighting indicates adevice error.

Status signal as per NAMUR recommendation NE 107
Operating tool
• Via digital communication:
PROFIBUS PA• Via service interface
Plain text display

With information on cause and remedial measures

Low flow cut off

The switch points for low flow cut off are user-selectable.

Galvanic isolation

All outputs are galvanically isolated from one another.

Protocol-specific data

PROFIBUS PA

192

Manufacturer ID

0x11

Ident number

0x1564

Profile version

3.02

Device description files (GSD,
DTM, DD)

Information and files under:• www.endress.com• www.profibus.org

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Technical data

Output values(from measuring device toautomation system)

Analog input 1 to 4
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Flow velocity• Temperature• Calculated saturated steam pressure• Steam quality• Total mass flow
• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference• Reynolds number• Density• Pressure• Specific volume• Degree of overheating
Digital input 1 to 2
• Empty pipe detection• Low flow cut off• Status switch output• Status verification
Totalizer 1 to 3
• Mass flow
• Volume flow
• Corrected volume flow
• Total mass flow
• Condensate mass flow
• Energy flow
• Heat flow difference

Input values(from automation system tomeasuring device)

Analog output• External density• External temperature
Digital output 1 to 2 (fixed assignment)• Digital output 1: switch positive zero return on/off• Digital output 2: start verification
Totalizer 1 to 3
• Totalize• Reset and hold
• Preset and hold
• Operating mode configuration:– Net flow total– Forward flow total– Reverse flow total

Supported functions• Identification & Maintenance
Simplest device identification on the part of the control system andnameplate• PROFIBUS upload/download
Reading and writing parameters is up to ten times faster with PROFIBUS
upload/download• Condensed status
Simplest and self-explanatory diagnostic information by categorizing
diagnostic messages that occur

Configuration of the device
address• DIP switches on the I/O electronics module• Local display• via operating tools (e.g. FieldCare)

16.5
Terminal assignment→  32

Pin assignment, device plug→  33Endress+Hauser

Power supply

193

Technical data

Supply voltage

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Transmitter
An external power supply is required for each output.
The following supply voltage values apply for the outputs available:
Supply voltage for a compact version without a local display 1)
Order code for "Output"
Option G: PROFIBUS PA, pulse/frequency/
switch output
1)
2)

Minimumterminal voltage 2)

Maximumterminal voltage≥ DC 9 V

DC 32 VIn event of external supply voltage of the PROFIBUS DP/PA coupler
The minimum terminal voltage increases if local operation is used: see the following table

Increase in minimum terminal voltage
Increase in minimum
terminal voltage

Local operation

Power consumption

Order code for "Display; Operation", option C:
Local operation SD02

+ DC 1 V

Order code for "Display; Operation", option E:
Local operation SD03 with lighting(backlighting not used)+ DC 1 V

Order code for "Display; Operation", option E:
Local operation SD03 with lighting(backlighting used)+ DC 3 V

Transmitter
Order code for "Output"
Option G: PROFIBUS PA, pulse/frequency/
switch output

Current consumption

Maximum power consumption• Operation with output 1: 512 mW• Operation with output 1 and 2: 2 512 mW

PROFIBUS PA
15 mA

Power supply failure• Totalizers stop at the last value measured.
• Configuration is retained in the device memory (HistoROM).
• Error messages (incl. total operated hours) are stored.

Electrical connection→  35

Terminals• For device version without integrated overvoltage protection: plug-in spring terminals
for wire cross-sections 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG)
• For device version with integrated overvoltage protection: screw terminals for wire crosssections 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG)

Cable entries• Cable gland: M20 × 1.5 with cable 6 to 12 mm (0.24 to 0.47 in)• Thread for cable entry:– NPT ½"
– G ½"

194

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Cable specification

Overvoltage protection

Technical data

→  29The device can be ordered with integrated overvoltage protection for diverse approvals:
Order code for "Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection"
Input voltage range

Values correspond to supply voltage specifications 1)

Resistance per channel

2 ⋅ 0.5 Ω max

DC sparkover voltage

400 to 700 V

Trip surge voltage< 800 V

Capacitance at 1 MHz< 1.5 pF

Nominal discharge current(8/20 μs)

10 kA

Temperature range–40 to +85 °C (–40 to +185 °F)

1)

The voltage is reduced by the amount of the internal resistance Imin⋅ Ri

Depending on the temperature class, restrictions apply to the ambient temperaturefor device versions with overvoltage protection .
For detailed information on the temperature tables, see the separate document
entitled "Safety Instructions" (XA) for the device.

16.6
Reference operating
conditions

Performance characteristics• Error limits following ISO/DIN 11631• +20 to +30 °C (+68 to +86 °F)• 2 to 4 bar (29 to 58 psi)
• Calibration system traceable to national standards• Calibration with the process connection corresponding to the particular standard
To obtain measured errors, use the Applicator sizing tool →  182→  211

Maximum measured error

Base accuracy
o.r. = of reading, Re = Reynolds number
Volume flow
The measured error for the volume flow is as follows depending on the Reynolds number
and the compressibility of the medium under measurement:

Endress+Hauser

195

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Re max

Remin

A2

A1
Re
-A1

-A2
R1

R2

Re max
A0019703

Deviation of volume flow value (absolute) from the reading
Medium type

Incompressible

Compressible 1)

Re range

Measured value deviation

Standard

Standard

R1 to R2

A2

< 10 %< 10 %

R2 to Remax

A1< 0.75 %< 1.0 %

1)

Accuracy specifications valid up to 75 m/s (246 ft/s)

Reynolds numbers

Incompressible

Compressible

Standard

Standard

R1

5 000

R2

20 000Temperature• Saturated steam and liquids at room temperature if T > 100 °C (212 °F) applies: <1 °C (1.8 °F)• Gas: < 1 % o.r. [K]• Volume flow: > 70 m/s (230 ft/s): 2% o.r.
Rise time 50 % (stirred under water, following IEC 60751): 8 s
Mass flow (saturated steam)• Flow velocities 20 to 50 m/s (66 to 164 ft/s), T > 150 °C (302 °F) or (423 K)– Re > 20 000: < 1.7 % o.r.
– Re between 5 000 to 20 000: < 10 % o.r.
• Flow velocities 10 to 70 m/s (33 to 210 ft/s), T > 140 °C (284 °F) or (413 K)– Re > 20 000: < 2 % o.r.
– Re between 5 000 to 20 000: < 10 % o.r.
• Flow velocities < 10 m/s (33 ft/s): Re > 5000: 5%
The use of a Cerabar S is required for the measured errors listed in the following
section. The measured error used to calculate the error in the measured pressure is
0.15%.

196

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Technical data

Mass flow of superheated steam and gas (single gas, gas mixture, air: NEL40; natural
gas: ISO 12213-2 contains AGA8-DC92, AGA NX-19, ISO 12213-3 contains SGERG-88
and AGA8 Gross Method 1)• Re > 20 000 and process pressure < 40 bar abs. (580 psi abs.): 1.7 % o.r.
• Re between 5 000 to 20 000 and process pressure < 40 bar abs. (580 psi abs.): 10 % o.r.
• Re > 20 000 and process pressure < 120 bar abs. (1 740 psi abs.): 2.6 % o.r.
• Re between 5 000 to 20 000 and process pressure < 120 bar abs. (1 740 psi abs.): 10 %o.r.
abs. = absolute
Mass flow (water)• Re 20 000: < 0.85 % o.r.
• Re between 5 000 to 20 000: < 10 % o.r.
Mass flow (user-defined liquids)
To specify the system accuracy, Endress+Hauser requires information about the type ofliquid and its operating temperature or information in table form about the dependency
between the liquid density and the temperature.
Example• Acetone is to be measured at fluid temperatures from +70 to +90 °C (+158 to +194 °F).
• For this purpose, the Reference temperature parameter (7703) (here 80 °C (176 °F)),
Reference density parameter (7700) (here 720.00 kg/m3) and Linear expansion
coefficient parameter (7621) (here 18.0298 × 10-4 1/°C) must be entered in thetransmitter.
• The overall system uncertainty, which is less than 0.9 % for the example above, iscomprised of the following measurement uncertainties: uncertainty of volume flow
measurement, uncertainty of temperature measurement, uncertainty of the densitytemperature correlation used (incl. the resulting uncertainty of density).
Mass flow (other media)
Depends on the selected fluid and the pressure value, which is specified in the parameters.
Individual error analysis must be performed.
Diameter mismatch correction
Prowirl 200 can correct shifts in the calibration factor which are caused, for example, by
diameter mismatch between the device flange (e.g. ASME B16.5/Sch. 80, DN 50 (2")) andthe mating pipe (e.g. ASME B16.5/Sch. 40, DN 50 (2")). Only apply diameter mismatchcorrection within the following limit values (listed below) for which test measurements
have also been performed.
Flange connection:• DN 15 (½"): ±20 % of the internal diameter• DN 25 (1"): ±15 % of the internal diameter• DN 40 (1½"): ±12 % of the internal diameter• DN ≥ 50 (2"): ±10 % of the internal diameter
If the standard internal diameter of the ordered process connection differs from theinternal diameter of the mating pipe, an additional measuring uncertainty of approx. 2 %o.r. must be expected.
ExampleInfluence of the diameter mismatch without using the correction function:• Mating pipe DN 100 (4"), schedule 80• Device flange DN 100 (4"), schedule 40• This installation position results in a diameter mismatch of 5 mm (0.2 in). If thecorrection function is not used, an additional measuring uncertainty of approx. 2 % o.r.
must be expected.
Accuracy of outputs
The outputs have the following base accuracy specifications.
Endress+Hauser

197

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Pulse/frequency output
o.r. = of reading
Accuracy

Repeatability

Max. ±100 ppm o.r.

o.r. = of reading±0.2 % o.r.

Response time

If all the configurable functions for filter times (flow damping, display damping, current
output time constant, frequency output time constant, status output time constant) are set
to 0, in the event of vortex frequencies of 10 Hz and higher a response time of max(Tν,
100 ms) can be expected.
In the event of measuring frequencies < 10 Hz, the response time is > 100 ms and can be
up to 10 s. Tν is the average vortex period duration of the flowing fluid.

Influence of ambient
temperature

Pulse/frequency output
o.r. = of reading
Temperature coefficient

16.7

Max. ±100 ppm o.r.

Installation"Mounting requirements" →  19

16.8
Ambient temperature
range

Environment

Temperature tables
Observe the interdependencies between the permitted ambient and fluid
temperatures when operating the device in hazardous areas.
For detailed information on the temperature tables, see the separate document
entitled "Safety Instructions" (XA) for the device.

Storage temperature

All components apart from the display modules:–50 to +80 °C (–58 to +176 °F)
Remote display and operating module DKX001–50 to +80 °C (–58 to +176 °F)

Climate class

DIN EN 60068-2-38 (test Z/AD)

Degree of protection

Transmitter• As standard: IP66/67, type 4X enclosure• When housing is open: IP20, type 1 enclosure• Display module: IP20, type 1 enclosure
Sensor
IP66/67, type 4X enclosure

198

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Technical data

Device plugs
IP67, only in screwed situation
Vibration resistance• For compact/remote version made of coated aluminum and remote version made ofstainless steel:Acceleration up to 2 g (if gain set to factory setting), 10 to 500 Hz, following IEC
60068-2-6• For the compact version made of stainless steel:Acceleration up to 1 g (if gain set to factory setting), 10 to 500 Hz, following IEC
60068-2-6

Electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC)

As per IEC/EN 61326 and NAMUR Recommendation 21 (NE 21)
For details, refer to the Declaration of Conformity.

16.9
Medium temperature range

Process

DSC sensor 3)
Order code for "Sensor version":• Option 1 "Volume flow, basis":–40 to +260 °C (–40 to +500 °F), stainless steel• Option 2 "Volume flow, high-temperature/low-temperature":–200 to +400 °C (–328 to +752 °F), stainless steel• Option 3 "Mass flow (integrated temperature measurement)":–200 to +400 °C (–328 to +752 °F), stainless steel
Order code for "Sensor option":• Option CD "Harsh environment 4), DSC sensor components Alloy C22":–200 to +400 °C (–328 to +752 °F), DSC sensor Alloy C22• Option CE "Harsh process 5), wetted parts Alloy C22, (including option CD)":–40 to +260 °C (–40 to +500 °F), sensor and DSC sensor Alloy C22
Seals• –200 to +400 °C (–328 to +752 °F) for graphite (standard)• –15 to +175 °C (+5 to +347 °F) for Viton• –20 to +275 °C (–4 to +527 °F) for Kalrez• –200 to +260 °C (–328 to +500 °F) for Gylon

Pressure-temperature
ratings

An overview of the pressure-temperature ratings for the process connections isprovided in the "Technical Information" document

Secondary containmentpressure rating

The following overpressure resistance values apply to the sensor shaft in the event of amembrane rupture:

3)
4)
5)

Sensor version

Overpressure, sensor shaft
in [bar a]

Volume flow, basis

200

Volume flow, high-temperature/low-temperature

200

Mass flow (integrated temperature measurement)

200

Capacitance sensor
Aggressive atmosphere (salts or chloride in the air)Aggressive medium (risk of corrosion due to chloride, for example)

Endress+Hauser

199

Technical data

Pressure loss

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

For a precise calculation, use the Applicator→  182.

16.10 Mechanical construction
Design, dimensions

Weight

For the dimensions and installation lengths of the device, see the "Technical
Information" document, "Mechanical construction" section
Compact version
Weight data:• Including the transmitter:– Order code for "Housing", option C: 1.8 kg (4.0 lb)– Order code for "Housing", option B: 4.5 kg (9.9 lb)• Excluding packaging material
Weight in SI units
All values (weight) refer to devices with EN (DIN), PN 40 flanges. Weight information in
[kg].
DN
[mm]

Weight [kg]Order code for "Housing", option C
Aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated 1)

Order code for "Housing", option B
Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L) 1)

15

5.1

7.8

25

7.1

9.8

40

9.1

11.8

50

11.1

13.8

80

16.1

18.8

100

21.1

23.8

150

37.1

39.8

200

72.1

74.8

250

111.1

113.8

300

158.1

160.8

1)

For high-temperature/low-temperature version: values + 0.2 kg

Weight in US units
All values (weight) refer to devices with ASME B16.5, Class 300/Sch. 40 flanges. Weight
information in [lbs].
DN
[in]

200

Weight [lbs]Order code for "Housing", option C
Aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated 1)

Order code for "Housing", option B
Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L) 1)

½

11.3

17.3

1

15.7

21.7

1½

22.4

28.3

2

26.8

32.7

3

42.2

48.1

4

66.5

72.4

6

110.5

116.5

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Technical data

DN
[in]

1)

Weight [lbs]Order code for "Housing", option C
Aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated 1)

Order code for "Housing", option B
Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L) 1)

8

167.9

173.8

10

240.6

246.6

12

357.5

363.4

For high-temperature/low-temperature version: values + 0.4 lbs

Transmitter remote version
Wall-mount housing
Depends on the material of the wall-mount housing:• Aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated: 2.4 kg (5.2 lb)• Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L): 6.0 kg (13.2 lb)
Sensor remote version
Weight data:• Including the connection housing:– Aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated: 0.8 kg (1.8 lb)– Stainless cast steel, 1.4408 (CF3M): 2.0 kg (4.4 lb)• Excluding the connecting cable• Excluding packaging material
Weight in SI units
All values (weight) refer to devices with EN (DIN), PN 40 flanges. Weight information in
[kg].
DN
[mm]

1)

Endress+Hauser

Weight [kg]Connection housing
Aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated 1)

Connection housing
Stainless cast steel, 1.4408 (CF3M) 1)

15

4.1

5.3

25

6.1

7.3

40

8.1

9.3

50

10.1

11.3

80

15.1

16.3

100

20.1

21.3

150

36.1

37.3

200

71.1

72.3

250

110.1

111.3

300

157.1

158.3

For high-temperature/low-temperature version: values + 0.2 kg

201

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Weight in US units
All values (weight) refer to devices with ASME B16.5, Class 300/Sch. 40 flanges. Weight
information in [lbs].
DN
[in]

1)

Weight [lbs]Connection housing
Aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated 1)

Connection housing
Stainless cast steel, 1.4408 (CF3M) 1)

½

8.9

11.7

1

13.4

16.1

1½

20.0

22.7

2

24.4

27.2

3

39.8

42.6

4

64.1

66.8

6

108.2

110.9

8

165.5

168.3

10

238.2

241.0

12

355.1

357.8

For high-temperature/low-temperature version: values + 0.4 lbs

Accessories
Flow conditioner
Weight in SI units

1)

202

DN 1)
[mm]

Pressure rating

Weight[kg]

15

PN 10 to 40

0.04

25

PN 10 to 40

0.1

40

PN 10 to 40

0.3

50

PN 10 to 40

0.5

80

PN 10 to 40

1.4

100

PN 10 to 40

2.4

150

PN 10/16
PN 25/40

6.3
7.8

200

PN 10
PN 16/25
PN 40

11.5
12.3
15.9

250

PN 10 to 25
PN 40

25.7
27.5

300

PN 10 to 25
PN 40

36.4
44.7

DN 1)
[mm]

Pressure rating

Weight[kg]

15

Class 150
Class 300

0.03
0.04

25

Class 150
Class 300

0.1

EN (DIN)

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

1)

1)

Technical data

DN 1)
[mm]

Pressure rating

Weight[kg]

40

Class 150
Class 300

0.350Class 150
Class 300

0.580Class 150
Class 300

1.2
1.4

100

Class 150
Class 300

2.7

150

Class 150
Class 300

6.3
7.8

200

Class 150
Class 300

12.3
15.8

250

Class 150
Class 300

25.7
27.5

300

Class 150
Class 300

36.4
44.6

DN 1)
[mm]

Pressure rating

Weight
[kg]

15

20K

0.06

25

20K

0.1

40

20K

0.3

50

10K
20K

0.5

80

10K
20K

1.1

100

10K
20K

1.80

150

10K
20K

4.5
5.5

200

10K
20K

9.2

250

10K
20K

15.8
19.1

300

10K
20K

26.5

DN 1)
[in]

Pressure rating

Weight[lbs]½

Class 150
Class 300

0.07
0.09

1

Class 150
Class 300

0.3

1½Class 150
Class 300

0.7

ASME

JIS

Weight in US units

Endress+Hauser

203

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

1)Materials

DN 1)
[in]

Pressure rating

Weight[lbs]

2

Class 150
Class 300

1.1

3Class 150
Class 300

2.6
3.1

4

Class 150
Class 300

6.0

6Class 150
Class 300

14.0
16.0

8

Class 150
Class 300

27.0
35.0

10

Class 150
Class 300

57.0
61.0

12

Class 150
Class 300

80.0
98.0

ASME

Transmitter housing
Compact version• Order code for "Housing", option B "Compact, stainless":
Stainless steel CF-3M (316L, 1.4404)• Order code for "Housing", option C "Compact, aluminum coated":
Aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated• Window material: glass
Remote version• Order code for "Housing", option J "Remote, aluminum coated":
Aluminum, AlSi10Mg, coated• Order code for "Housing", option K "Remote, stainless":
For maximum corrosion resistance: stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)• Window material: glass
Cable entries/cable glands

1

2
3
A0020640

 36
1
2
3

204

Possible cable entries/cable glands

Cable entry in transmitter housing, wall-mount housing or connection housing with internal thread M20 x
1.5
Cable gland M20 x 1.5
Adapter for cable entry with internal thread G ½" or NPT ½"

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Technical data

Order code for "Housing", option B "Compact, stainless", option K "Remote, stainless"
Cable entry/cable gland
Cable gland M20 × 1.5

Type of protection

Material• Non-Ex• Ex ia• Ex ic• Ex nA• Ex tb

Adapter for cable entry withinternal thread G ½"

For non-Ex and Ex(except for CSA Ex d/XP)

Adapter for cable entry withinternal thread NPT ½"

For non-Ex and Ex

Stainless steel ,1.4404

Stainless steel, 1.4404 (316L)

Order code for "Housing": option C "Compact, aluminum coated", option J "Remote, aluminum
coated"Cable entry/cable gland
Cable gland M20 × 1.5

Type of protection• Non-Ex• Ex ia• Ex ic
Adapter for cable entry withinternal thread G ½"

Adapter for cable entry withinternal thread NPT ½"
Thread NPT ½"
via adapter

For non-Ex and Ex(except for CSA Ex d/XP)

Material
Plastic

Nickel-plated brass
Nickel-plated brass

For non-Ex and Ex

Connecting cable for remote version• Standard cable: PVC cable with copper shield• Reinforced cable: PVC cable with copper shield and additional steel wire braided jacket
Sensor connection housing• Coated aluminum AlSi10Mg• Stainless cast steel, 1.4408 (CF3M), in compliance with NACE MR0175-2003 andMR0103-2003
Measuring tubes
Pressure ratings up to PN 40, Class 150/300, and JIS 10K/20K:• Stainless cast steel, 1.4408 (CF3M), in compliance with AD2000 (for AD2000 thetemperature range is limited to –10 to +400 °C (+14 to +752 °F)) and in compliance with
NACE MR0175-2003 and MR0103-2003• Order code for "Sensor option", option CE "Harsh process 6), wetted parts, Alloy C22,(including option CD)":
Cast alloy CX2MW similar to Alloy C22/2.4602, in compliance with NACE
MR0175-2003 and MR0103-2003
DSC sensor
Pressure ratings up to PN 40, Class 150/300, and JIS 10K/20K:

6)

Aggressive medium (risk of corrosion due to chloride, for example)

Endress+Hauser

205

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Parts in contact with medium (marked as "wet" on the DSC sensor flange):• Stainless steel, 1.4435 (316, 316L), in compliance with NACE MR0175-2003 andMR0103-2003• Order code for "Sensor option", option CE "Harsh process 6), wetted parts, Alloy C22,(including option CD)":UNS N06022 similar to Alloy C22/2.4602, in compliance with NACE MR0175-2003
and MR0103-2003
Parts not in contact with medium:• Stainless steel 1.4301 (304)• Order code for "Sensor option", option CD "Harsh environment 7), DSC sensor sensor
components Alloy C22":
Alloy C22 sensor: UNS N06022 similar to Alloy C22/2.4602, in compliance with NACE
MR0175-2003 and MR0103-2003
Process connections
Pressure ratings up to PN 40, Class 150/300, and JIS 10K/20K:
Welding neck flanges DN 15 to 150 (½ to 6"), in compliance with NACE MR0175-2003
and MR0103-2003
The following materials are available depending on the pressure rating:• Stainless steel, multiple certifications, 1.4404 (F316, F316L)• Cast alloy CX2MW similar to Alloy C22/2.4602
DN 200 to 300 (8 to 12"):Stainless cast steel, 1.4408 (CF3M)
List of all available process connections →  207
Seals• Graphite (standard)
Sigraflex HochdruckTM with smooth sheet metal insert made of stainless steel,
316/316L (BAM-certified for oxygen applications, "high quality in terms of TA Luft"(German Clean Air Act))• FPM (Viton)• Kalrez 6375
• Gylon 3504 (BAM-certified for oxygen applications, "high quality in terms of TA Luft
(German Clean Air Act"))
Housing support
Stainless steel, 1.4408 (CF3M)
Accessories
Weather protection cover
Stainless steel 1.4404 (316L)
Flow conditioner
Stainless steel, multiple certifications, 1.4404 (316, 316L), in compliance with NACE
MR0175-2003 and MR0103-2003

7)

206

Aggressive atmosphere (salts or chloride in the air)Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Process connections

Technical data

• EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501)• ASME B16.5• JIS B2220
For information on the different materials used in the process connections →  206

16.11 Operability
Local operation

Via display module
Order code for "Display; Operation", option C "SD02"

Order code for "Display; Operation", option E "SD03"

1

1

–

–

+

+

E

E

A0015546

A0015544

1

Operation with pushbuttons

1

Operation with touch control

Display elements• 4-line display• With order code for "Display; operation", option E:
White background lighting; switches to red in event of device errors• Format for displaying measured variables and status variables can be individuallyconfigured• Permitted ambient temperature for the display: –20 to +60 °C (–4 to +140 °F)
The readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature
range.
Operating elements• With order code for "Display; operation", option C:
Local operation with 3 push buttons: , ,• With order code for "Display; operation", option E:
External operation via touch control; 3 optical keys: , ,• Operating elements also accessible in various hazardous areas
E

E

Additional functionality• Data backup function
The device configuration can be saved in the display module.
• Data comparison function
The device configuration saved in the display module can be compared to the current
device configuration.
• Data transfer function
The transmitter configuration can be transmitted to another device using the display
module.

Endress+Hauser

207

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Via remote display and operating module FHX50

3

2

1

A0013137

 37
1
2
3

Remote operation

Operating options via FHX50

Housing of remote display and operating module FHX50
SD02 display and operating module, push buttons: cover must be opened for operation
SD03 display and operating module, optical buttons: operation possible through cover glass

Via PROFIBUS PA network
This communication interface is available in device versions with PROFIBUS PA.
1

2

3

4

5

7

6

7

6

7

6
A0019013

 38
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

208

Options for remote operation via PROFIBUS PA network

Automation system
Segment coupler PROFIBUS DP/PA
Computer with PROFIBUS network card
PROFIBUS DP network
PROFIBUS PA network
Measuring device
T-box

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Service interface

Technical data

Via service interface (CDI)

3

–
+
E

2

1
A00205451
23Languages

Service interface (CDI = Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) of the measuring device
Commubox FXA291
Computer with "FieldCare" operating tool with COM DTM "CDI Communication FXA291"

Can be operated in the following languages:• Via local display:
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Portuguese, Polish, Russian, Swedish,Turkish, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Bahasa (Indonesian), Vietnamese, Czech• Via "FieldCare" operating tool:
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Japanese

16.12 Certificates and approvals
CE mark

The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the applicable
EC Directives. These are listed in the corresponding EC Declaration of Conformity alongwith the standards applied.
Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.

C-Tick symbol

The measuring system meets the EMC requirements of the "Australian Communications
and Media Authority (ACMA)".

Ex approval

The devices are certified for use in hazardous areas and the relevant safety instructions areprovided in the separate "Safety Instructions" (XA) document. Reference is made to thisdocument on the nameplate.

Certification PROFIBUSPROFIBUS interface
The measuring device is certified and registered by the PROFIBUS User Organization(PNO). The measuring system meets all the requirements of the following specifications:• Certified in accordance with PROFIBUS PA Profile 3.02
• The device can also be operated with certified devices of other manufacturers(interoperability)

Endress+Hauser

209

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Pressure Equipment
Directive• With the PED/G1/x (x = category) marking on the sensor nameplate, Endress+Hauser
confirms compliance with the "Essential Safety Requirements" specified in Annex I of thePressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
• Devices not bearing this marking (PED) are designed and manufactured according togood engineering practice. They meet the requirements of Art.3 Section 3 of thePressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. The range of application is indicated in tables 6
to 9 in Annex II of the Pressure Equipment Directive.

Experience

The Prowirl 200 measuring system is the official successor to Prowirl 72 and Prowirl 73.

Other standards andguidelines• EN 60529
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)• DIN ISO 13359
Measurement of conductive liquid flow in closed conduits - Flanged-type
electromagnetic flowmeters - Overall length• EN 61010-1
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratoryuse - general requirements• IEC/EN 61326
Emission in accordance with Class A requirements. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC
requirements).
• NAMUR NE 21
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control
equipment• NAMUR NE 32
Data retention in the event of a power failure in field and control instruments withmicroprocessors• NAMUR NE 43
Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitterswith analog output signal.
• NAMUR NE 53
Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics• NAMUR NE 105
Specifications for integrating fieldbus devices in engineering tools for field devices• NAMUR NE 107
Self-monitoring and diagnosis of field devices• NAMUR NE 131
Requirements for field devices for standard applications• ASME BPVC Section VIII, Division 1
Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels

16.13 Application packages
Many different application packages are available to enhance the functionality of thedevice. Such packages might be needed to address safety aspects or specific application
requirements.
The application packages can be ordered with the device or subsequently fromEndress+Hauser. Detailed information on the order code in question is available from yourlocal Endress+Hauser sales center or on the product page of the Endress+Hauser website:www.endress.com.
Detailed information on the application packages:• Special Documentation for the device →  212• Special Documentation for the device

210

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Technical data

16.14 Accessories
Overview of accessories available for order →  181

16.15 Supplementary documentation
For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to thefollowing:• The W@M Device Viewer : Enter the serial number from the nameplate(www.endress.com/deviceviewer)• The Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplateor scan the 2-D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate.
Standard documentation

Brief Operating Instructions
Measuring device

Documentation code

Prowirl F 200

KA01136D

Technical Information
Measuring device

Documentation code

Prowirl F 200

TI01084D

Description of device parameters

Supplementary devicedependent documentation

Endress+Hauser

Measuring device

Documentation code

Prowirl 200

GP01023D

Safety Instructions
Contents

Documentation code

ATEX/IECEx Ex d, Ex tb

XA01148D

ATEX/IECEx Ex ia, Ex tb

XA01151D

ATEX/IECEx Ex ic, Ex nA

XA01152DCCSAUS XP

XA01153DCCSAUS IS

XA01154D

NEPSI Ex d

XA01238D

NEPSI Ex i

XA01239DNEPSI Ex ic, Ex nA

XA01240D

INMETRO Ex d

XA01250D

INMETRO Ex i

XA01042D

INMETRO Ex nA

XA01043D

211

Technical data

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Special Documentation
Contents

Documentation code

Information on the Pressure Equipment Directive

SD01163DHeartbeat Technology

SD01204D

Natural gas

SD01194D

Air + Industrial Gases (Single Gas + Gas Mixtures)

SD01195D

Wet steam detection

SD01193D

Wet steam measurementSD01315D

Inlet run correction

SD01226D

Installation Instructions

212

Contents

Documentation code

Installation Instructions for spare part sets Overview of accessories available for order →  181

Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Index

Index
A

Access authorization to parameters
Read access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Write access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Incorrect input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Adapting the device status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Adapting the diagnostic behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Adapting the measured value status . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Ambient temperature
Influence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Ambient temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 184
Applicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

C

C-Tick symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Cable entries
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Cable entry
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 209
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Certification PROFIBUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Check
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Checklist
Post-connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Cleaning
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Interior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Replacing housing seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Replacing seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Replacing sensor seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Climate class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Advanced settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Configuring the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Compatibility with earlier model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Connecting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Connection
see Electrical connection
Connection preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Connection tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Context menu
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Cyclic data transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

D

Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Endress+Hauser

Define access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 198
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Device components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Device description files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Device documentation
Supplementary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Device locking, status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Device master file
GSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Device nameSensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Device repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Device type code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Diagnostic behavior
Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Diagnostic information
Design, description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138, 140
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Remedy information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Diagnostic list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Diagnostic message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Diagnostics
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
DIP switches
see Write protection switch
Direct access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Direct access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Disabling write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Displaysee Local display
Display area
For operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
In the navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Display values
For locking status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Document
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Symbols used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Document function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

EElectrical connection
Commubox FXA291 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 209
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Operating tools
Via PROFIBUS PA network . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 208
Via service interface (CDI) . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 209
Electromagnetic compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Enabling write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
213

IndexEndress+Hauser services
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Environment
Ambient temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Error messages
see Diagnostic messages
Event history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Events list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Ex approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Extended order code
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

F

Field of application
Residual risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
FieldCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Device description file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Establishing a connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Filtering the event logbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
FirmwareRelease date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Firmware history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Flow direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Function scope
SIMATIC PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Functionssee ParameterG

Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

H

Hardware write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Help text
Calling up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Explanation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
HistoROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

I

I/O electronics module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 39
Identifying the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Influence
Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Information on the document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Input mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

214

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Inspection
Received goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Inspection check
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Installation conditions
Inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Thermal insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Installation dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Interior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

K

Keypad lock
Disabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Enabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

L

Languages, operation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Line recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Editing view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
see Diagnostic message
see In alarm condition
see Operational display
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

M

Main electronics module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Maintenance tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Managing the device configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Manufacturer ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Manufacturing date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 14
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Maximum measured error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Measured variables
Calculated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
see Process variables
Measuring and test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Measuring device
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Mounting the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Preparing for electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Preparing for mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Switch-on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Medium temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Menu
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Menus
For measuring device configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
For specific settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Mounting dimensions
see Installation dimensions
Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Mounting preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Mounting requirements
Installation dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Mounting tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

N

NameplateSensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Navigation path (navigation view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Navigation view
In the submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
In the wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Nominal pressure
Secondary containment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Numeric editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

O

Operable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 138
Operating keys
see Operating elements
Operating menu
Menus, submenus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Submenus and user roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Operating options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Operating philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Operation options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Order code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 13, 14
Orientation (vertical, horizontal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

P

Packaging disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Parameter
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Enter a value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Parameter settings
Administration (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Analog inputs (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Communication (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Configuration backup display (Submenu) . . . . . . 120
Data logging (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Endress+Hauser

Index

Device information (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Diagnostics (Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Display (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Display (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
External compensation (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Gas composition (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Low flow cut off (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Medium properties (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Medium selection (Wizard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Operation (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Output values (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Process variables (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Pulse/frequency/switch output (Wizard) 105,
108,
112
Sensor adjustment (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Setup (Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Simulation (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
System units (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Totalizer 1 to 3 (Submenu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 130
Performance characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Post-connection check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Post-installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Post-installation check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Potential equalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Pressure Equipment Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Pressure-temperature ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Process
Pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Process conditions
Medium temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Product safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Profile version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Protecting parameter settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

R

Read access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Reading measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Recalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Reference operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remedial measures
Calling up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Remote version
Connecting the connecting cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Repair of a device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Replacement
Device components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Replacing seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Requirements for personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
215

IndexReturn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

S

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SensorMounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 14
Setting the operating language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Settings
Adapting the measuring device to the process
conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Advanced display configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Analog input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Communication interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Device reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Device tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
External compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Gas composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Local display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Managing the device configuration . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Medium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Medium properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Operating language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Pulse output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Pulse/frequency/switch output . . . . . . . . . . 104, 108
Resetting the totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Sensor adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Switch output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Totalizer reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Showing data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
SIMATIC PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Spare part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Special connection instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Standards and guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Status area
For operational display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
In the navigation view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Status signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Storage conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Storage temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Structure
Measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Operating menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Submenu
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Advanced setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Analog inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72, 83
Configuration backup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Data logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Device information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
216

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Events list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
External compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Gas composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Medium properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Output values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Process variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Sensor adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Totalizer 1 to 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116, 130
Supplementary documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Supply unit
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Supply voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 194
Symbols
For communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
For correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
For diagnostic behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
For locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
For measured variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
For measurement channel number . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
For menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
For parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
For status signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
For submenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
For wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
In the status area of the local display . . . . . . . . . . . 48
In the text and numeric editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
System design
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
see Measuring device design
System integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

T

Technical data, overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Temperature range
Ambient temperature range for display . . . . . . . . 207
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 39
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Text editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Thermal insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tool tipsee Help text
Tools
Electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Transmitter
Connecting the signal cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Turning the display module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Turning the housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Transporting the measuring device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Troubleshooting
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Turning the display module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Endress+Hauser

Proline Prowirl F 200 PROFIBUS PA

Index

Turning the electronics housing
see Turning the transmitter housing
Turning the transmitter housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

U

Use of the measuring device
Borderline cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Incorrect use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
see Designated use
User interface
Current diagnostic event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Previous diagnostic event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
User roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

V

Version data for the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

W

W@M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 178
W@M Device Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 178
WeightCompact version
SI units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
US units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Flow conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Sensor remote version
SI units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
US units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Transport (notes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
WizardDefine access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Medium selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Pulse/frequency/switch output . . . . . . 105, 108, 112
Workplace safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Write access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Write protection
Via access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Via write protection switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Write protection switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Endress+Hauser

217www.addresses.endress.com